2010-06-21 Stan Shebs <stan@codesourcery.com>
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / doc / gdbint.texinfo
CommitLineData
9742079a 1\input texinfo @c -*- texinfo -*-
c906108c 2@setfilename gdbint.info
25822942 3@include gdb-cfg.texi
1eb7cd77
JB
4@settitle @value{GDBN} Internals
5@setchapternewpage off
03727ca6 6@dircategory Software development
e9c75b65 7@direntry
c906108c 8* Gdb-Internals: (gdbint). The GNU debugger's internals.
e9c75b65 9@end direntry
c906108c 10
a67ec3f4
JM
11@copying
12Copyright @copyright{} 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1998, 1999,
9d2897ad 132000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008, 2009, 2010
a67ec3f4 14Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c
SS
15Contributed by Cygnus Solutions. Written by John Gilmore.
16Second Edition by Stan Shebs.
17
e9c75b65 18Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
4f5d9f07 19under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
2a6585f0 20any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
21Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
22Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
23Free Documentation License''.
a67ec3f4
JM
24@end copying
25
26@ifnottex
27This file documents the internals of the GNU debugger @value{GDBN}.
28
29@insertcopying
30@end ifnottex
c906108c 31
c906108c 32
56caf160
EZ
33@syncodeindex fn cp
34@syncodeindex vr cp
35
c906108c 36@titlepage
25822942 37@title @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c
SS
38@subtitle{A guide to the internals of the GNU debugger}
39@author John Gilmore
40@author Cygnus Solutions
41@author Second Edition:
42@author Stan Shebs
43@author Cygnus Solutions
44@page
45@tex
46\def\$#1${{#1}} % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$
47\xdef\manvers{\$Revision$} % For use in headers, footers too
48{\parskip=0pt
49\hfill Cygnus Solutions\par
50\hfill \manvers\par
51\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
52}
53@end tex
54
55@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
a67ec3f4 56@insertcopying
c906108c
SS
57@end titlepage
58
449f3b6c 59@contents
449f3b6c 60
c906108c
SS
61@node Top
62@c Perhaps this should be the title of the document (but only for info,
63@c not for TeX). Existing GNU manuals seem inconsistent on this point.
64@top Scope of this Document
65
25822942
DB
66This document documents the internals of the GNU debugger, @value{GDBN}. It
67includes description of @value{GDBN}'s key algorithms and operations, as well
68as the mechanisms that adapt @value{GDBN} to specific hosts and targets.
c906108c
SS
69
70@menu
587afa38 71* Summary::
c906108c
SS
72* Overall Structure::
73* Algorithms::
74* User Interface::
89437448 75* libgdb::
5f5233d4 76* Values::
669fac23 77* Stack Frames::
c906108c
SS
78* Symbol Handling::
79* Language Support::
80* Host Definition::
81* Target Architecture Definition::
123dc839 82* Target Descriptions::
c906108c
SS
83* Target Vector Definition::
84* Native Debugging::
85* Support Libraries::
86* Coding::
87* Porting GDB::
d52fe014 88* Versions and Branches::
55f6ca0f 89* Start of New Year Procedure::
8973da3a 90* Releasing GDB::
085dd6e6 91* Testsuite::
c906108c 92* Hints::
aab4e0ec 93
bcd7e15f 94* GDB Observers:: @value{GDBN} Currently available observers
aab4e0ec 95* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation
56caf160 96* Index::
c906108c
SS
97@end menu
98
587afa38
EZ
99@node Summary
100@chapter Summary
101
102@menu
103* Requirements::
104* Contributors::
105@end menu
c906108c 106
587afa38
EZ
107@node Requirements
108@section Requirements
56caf160 109@cindex requirements for @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
110
111Before diving into the internals, you should understand the formal
56caf160
EZ
112requirements and other expectations for @value{GDBN}. Although some
113of these may seem obvious, there have been proposals for @value{GDBN}
114that have run counter to these requirements.
c906108c 115
56caf160
EZ
116First of all, @value{GDBN} is a debugger. It's not designed to be a
117front panel for embedded systems. It's not a text editor. It's not a
118shell. It's not a programming environment.
c906108c 119
56caf160
EZ
120@value{GDBN} is an interactive tool. Although a batch mode is
121available, @value{GDBN}'s primary role is to interact with a human
122programmer.
c906108c 123
56caf160
EZ
124@value{GDBN} should be responsive to the user. A programmer hot on
125the trail of a nasty bug, and operating under a looming deadline, is
126going to be very impatient of everything, including the response time
127to debugger commands.
c906108c 128
56caf160
EZ
129@value{GDBN} should be relatively permissive, such as for expressions.
130While the compiler should be picky (or have the option to be made
be9c6c35 131picky), since source code lives for a long time usually, the
56caf160
EZ
132programmer doing debugging shouldn't be spending time figuring out to
133mollify the debugger.
c906108c 134
56caf160
EZ
135@value{GDBN} will be called upon to deal with really large programs.
136Executable sizes of 50 to 100 megabytes occur regularly, and we've
137heard reports of programs approaching 1 gigabyte in size.
c906108c 138
56caf160
EZ
139@value{GDBN} should be able to run everywhere. No other debugger is
140available for even half as many configurations as @value{GDBN}
141supports.
c906108c 142
587afa38
EZ
143@node Contributors
144@section Contributors
145
146The first edition of this document was written by John Gilmore of
147Cygnus Solutions. The current second edition was written by Stan Shebs
148of Cygnus Solutions, who continues to update the manual.
149
150Over the years, many others have made additions and changes to this
151document. This section attempts to record the significant contributors
152to that effort. One of the virtues of free software is that everyone
153is free to contribute to it; with regret, we cannot actually
154acknowledge everyone here.
155
156@quotation
157@emph{Plea:} This section has only been added relatively recently (four
158years after publication of the second edition). Additions to this
159section are particularly welcome. If you or your friends (or enemies,
160to be evenhanded) have been unfairly omitted from this list, we would
161like to add your names!
162@end quotation
163
164A document such as this relies on being kept up to date by numerous
165small updates by contributing engineers as they make changes to the
166code base. The file @file{ChangeLog} in the @value{GDBN} distribution
167approximates a blow-by-blow account. The most prolific contributors to
168this important, but low profile task are Andrew Cagney (responsible
169for over half the entries), Daniel Jacobowitz, Mark Kettenis, Jim
170Blandy and Eli Zaretskii.
171
172Eli Zaretskii and Daniel Jacobowitz wrote the sections documenting
173watchpoints.
174
175Jeremy Bennett updated the sections on initializing a new architecture
176and register representation, and added the section on Frame Interpretation.
177
c906108c
SS
178
179@node Overall Structure
180
181@chapter Overall Structure
182
56caf160
EZ
183@value{GDBN} consists of three major subsystems: user interface,
184symbol handling (the @dfn{symbol side}), and target system handling (the
185@dfn{target side}).
c906108c 186
2e685b93 187The user interface consists of several actual interfaces, plus
c906108c
SS
188supporting code.
189
190The symbol side consists of object file readers, debugging info
191interpreters, symbol table management, source language expression
192parsing, type and value printing.
193
194The target side consists of execution control, stack frame analysis, and
195physical target manipulation.
196
197The target side/symbol side division is not formal, and there are a
198number of exceptions. For instance, core file support involves symbolic
199elements (the basic core file reader is in BFD) and target elements (it
200supplies the contents of memory and the values of registers). Instead,
201this division is useful for understanding how the minor subsystems
202should fit together.
203
204@section The Symbol Side
205
56caf160
EZ
206The symbolic side of @value{GDBN} can be thought of as ``everything
207you can do in @value{GDBN} without having a live program running''.
208For instance, you can look at the types of variables, and evaluate
209many kinds of expressions.
c906108c
SS
210
211@section The Target Side
212
56caf160
EZ
213The target side of @value{GDBN} is the ``bits and bytes manipulator''.
214Although it may make reference to symbolic info here and there, most
215of the target side will run with only a stripped executable
216available---or even no executable at all, in remote debugging cases.
c906108c
SS
217
218Operations such as disassembly, stack frame crawls, and register
219display, are able to work with no symbolic info at all. In some cases,
25822942 220such as disassembly, @value{GDBN} will use symbolic info to present addresses
c906108c
SS
221relative to symbols rather than as raw numbers, but it will work either
222way.
223
224@section Configurations
225
56caf160
EZ
226@cindex host
227@cindex target
25822942 228@dfn{Host} refers to attributes of the system where @value{GDBN} runs.
c906108c
SS
229@dfn{Target} refers to the system where the program being debugged
230executes. In most cases they are the same machine, in which case a
231third type of @dfn{Native} attributes come into play.
232
1f70da6a
SS
233Defines and include files needed to build on the host are host
234support. Examples are tty support, system defined types, host byte
235order, host float format. These are all calculated by @code{autoconf}
236when the debugger is built.
c906108c
SS
237
238Defines and information needed to handle the target format are target
239dependent. Examples are the stack frame format, instruction set,
240breakpoint instruction, registers, and how to set up and tear down the stack
241to call a function.
242
243Information that is only needed when the host and target are the same,
244is native dependent. One example is Unix child process support; if the
1f70da6a 245host and target are not the same, calling @code{fork} to start the target
c906108c
SS
246process is a bad idea. The various macros needed for finding the
247registers in the @code{upage}, running @code{ptrace}, and such are all
248in the native-dependent files.
249
250Another example of native-dependent code is support for features that
251are really part of the target environment, but which require
252@code{#include} files that are only available on the host system. Core
253file handling and @code{setjmp} handling are two common cases.
254
1f70da6a
SS
255When you want to make @value{GDBN} work as the traditional native debugger
256on a system, you will need to supply both target and native information.
c906108c 257
25ab7e6d
EZ
258@section Source Tree Structure
259@cindex @value{GDBN} source tree structure
260
261The @value{GDBN} source directory has a mostly flat structure---there
262are only a few subdirectories. A file's name usually gives a hint as
263to what it does; for example, @file{stabsread.c} reads stabs,
7ce59000 264@file{dwarf2read.c} reads @sc{DWARF 2}, etc.
25ab7e6d
EZ
265
266Files that are related to some common task have names that share
267common substrings. For example, @file{*-thread.c} files deal with
268debugging threads on various platforms; @file{*read.c} files deal with
269reading various kinds of symbol and object files; @file{inf*.c} files
270deal with direct control of the @dfn{inferior program} (@value{GDBN}
271parlance for the program being debugged).
272
273There are several dozens of files in the @file{*-tdep.c} family.
274@samp{tdep} stands for @dfn{target-dependent code}---each of these
275files implements debug support for a specific target architecture
276(sparc, mips, etc). Usually, only one of these will be used in a
277specific @value{GDBN} configuration (sometimes two, closely related).
278
279Similarly, there are many @file{*-nat.c} files, each one for native
280debugging on a specific system (e.g., @file{sparc-linux-nat.c} is for
281native debugging of Sparc machines running the Linux kernel).
282
283The few subdirectories of the source tree are:
284
285@table @file
286@item cli
287Code that implements @dfn{CLI}, the @value{GDBN} Command-Line
288Interpreter. @xref{User Interface, Command Interpreter}.
289
290@item gdbserver
291Code for the @value{GDBN} remote server.
292
293@item gdbtk
294Code for Insight, the @value{GDBN} TK-based GUI front-end.
295
296@item mi
297The @dfn{GDB/MI}, the @value{GDBN} Machine Interface interpreter.
298
299@item signals
300Target signal translation code.
301
302@item tui
303Code for @dfn{TUI}, the @value{GDBN} Text-mode full-screen User
304Interface. @xref{User Interface, TUI}.
305@end table
c906108c
SS
306
307@node Algorithms
308
309@chapter Algorithms
56caf160 310@cindex algorithms
c906108c 311
56caf160
EZ
312@value{GDBN} uses a number of debugging-specific algorithms. They are
313often not very complicated, but get lost in the thicket of special
314cases and real-world issues. This chapter describes the basic
315algorithms and mentions some of the specific target definitions that
316they use.
c906108c 317
7d30c22d
JB
318@section Prologue Analysis
319
320@cindex prologue analysis
321@cindex call frame information
322@cindex CFI (call frame information)
323To produce a backtrace and allow the user to manipulate older frames'
324variables and arguments, @value{GDBN} needs to find the base addresses
325of older frames, and discover where those frames' registers have been
326saved. Since a frame's ``callee-saves'' registers get saved by
327younger frames if and when they're reused, a frame's registers may be
328scattered unpredictably across younger frames. This means that
329changing the value of a register-allocated variable in an older frame
330may actually entail writing to a save slot in some younger frame.
331
332Modern versions of GCC emit Dwarf call frame information (``CFI''),
333which describes how to find frame base addresses and saved registers.
334But CFI is not always available, so as a fallback @value{GDBN} uses a
335technique called @dfn{prologue analysis} to find frame sizes and saved
336registers. A prologue analyzer disassembles the function's machine
337code starting from its entry point, and looks for instructions that
338allocate frame space, save the stack pointer in a frame pointer
339register, save registers, and so on. Obviously, this can't be done
b247355e 340accurately in general, but it's tractable to do well enough to be very
7d30c22d
JB
341helpful. Prologue analysis predates the GNU toolchain's support for
342CFI; at one time, prologue analysis was the only mechanism
343@value{GDBN} used for stack unwinding at all, when the function
344calling conventions didn't specify a fixed frame layout.
345
346In the olden days, function prologues were generated by hand-written,
347target-specific code in GCC, and treated as opaque and untouchable by
348optimizers. Looking at this code, it was usually straightforward to
349write a prologue analyzer for @value{GDBN} that would accurately
350understand all the prologues GCC would generate. However, over time
351GCC became more aggressive about instruction scheduling, and began to
352understand more about the semantics of the prologue instructions
353themselves; in response, @value{GDBN}'s analyzers became more complex
354and fragile. Keeping the prologue analyzers working as GCC (and the
355instruction sets themselves) evolved became a substantial task.
356
357@cindex @file{prologue-value.c}
358@cindex abstract interpretation of function prologues
359@cindex pseudo-evaluation of function prologues
360To try to address this problem, the code in @file{prologue-value.h}
361and @file{prologue-value.c} provides a general framework for writing
362prologue analyzers that are simpler and more robust than ad-hoc
363analyzers. When we analyze a prologue using the prologue-value
364framework, we're really doing ``abstract interpretation'' or
365``pseudo-evaluation'': running the function's code in simulation, but
366using conservative approximations of the values registers and memory
367would hold when the code actually runs. For example, if our function
368starts with the instruction:
369
370@example
371addi r1, 42 # add 42 to r1
372@end example
373@noindent
374we don't know exactly what value will be in @code{r1} after executing
375this instruction, but we do know it'll be 42 greater than its original
376value.
377
378If we then see an instruction like:
379
380@example
381addi r1, 22 # add 22 to r1
382@end example
383@noindent
384we still don't know what @code{r1's} value is, but again, we can say
385it is now 64 greater than its original value.
386
387If the next instruction were:
388
389@example
390mov r2, r1 # set r2 to r1's value
391@end example
392@noindent
393then we can say that @code{r2's} value is now the original value of
394@code{r1} plus 64.
395
396It's common for prologues to save registers on the stack, so we'll
397need to track the values of stack frame slots, as well as the
398registers. So after an instruction like this:
399
400@example
401mov (fp+4), r2
402@end example
403@noindent
404then we'd know that the stack slot four bytes above the frame pointer
405holds the original value of @code{r1} plus 64.
406
407And so on.
408
409Of course, this can only go so far before it gets unreasonable. If we
410wanted to be able to say anything about the value of @code{r1} after
411the instruction:
412
413@example
414xor r1, r3 # exclusive-or r1 and r3, place result in r1
415@end example
416@noindent
417then things would get pretty complex. But remember, we're just doing
418a conservative approximation; if exclusive-or instructions aren't
419relevant to prologues, we can just say @code{r1}'s value is now
420``unknown''. We can ignore things that are too complex, if that loss of
421information is acceptable for our application.
422
423So when we say ``conservative approximation'' here, what we mean is an
424approximation that is either accurate, or marked ``unknown'', but
425never inaccurate.
426
427Using this framework, a prologue analyzer is simply an interpreter for
428machine code, but one that uses conservative approximations for the
429contents of registers and memory instead of actual values. Starting
430from the function's entry point, you simulate instructions up to the
431current PC, or an instruction that you don't know how to simulate.
432Now you can examine the state of the registers and stack slots you've
433kept track of.
434
435@itemize @bullet
436
437@item
438To see how large your stack frame is, just check the value of the
439stack pointer register; if it's the original value of the SP
440minus a constant, then that constant is the stack frame's size.
441If the SP's value has been marked as ``unknown'', then that means
442the prologue has done something too complex for us to track, and
443we don't know the frame size.
444
445@item
446To see where we've saved the previous frame's registers, we just
447search the values we've tracked --- stack slots, usually, but
448registers, too, if you want --- for something equal to the register's
449original value. If the calling conventions suggest a standard place
450to save a given register, then we can check there first, but really,
451anything that will get us back the original value will probably work.
452@end itemize
453
454This does take some work. But prologue analyzers aren't
455quick-and-simple pattern patching to recognize a few fixed prologue
456forms any more; they're big, hairy functions. Along with inferior
457function calls, prologue analysis accounts for a substantial portion
458of the time needed to stabilize a @value{GDBN} port. So it's
459worthwhile to look for an approach that will be easier to understand
460and maintain. In the approach described above:
461
462@itemize @bullet
463
464@item
465It's easier to see that the analyzer is correct: you just see
b247355e 466whether the analyzer properly (albeit conservatively) simulates
7d30c22d
JB
467the effect of each instruction.
468
469@item
470It's easier to extend the analyzer: you can add support for new
471instructions, and know that you haven't broken anything that
472wasn't already broken before.
473
474@item
475It's orthogonal: to gather new information, you don't need to
476complicate the code for each instruction. As long as your domain
477of conservative values is already detailed enough to tell you
478what you need, then all the existing instruction simulations are
479already gathering the right data for you.
480
481@end itemize
482
483The file @file{prologue-value.h} contains detailed comments explaining
484the framework and how to use it.
485
486
c906108c
SS
487@section Breakpoint Handling
488
56caf160 489@cindex breakpoints
c906108c
SS
490In general, a breakpoint is a user-designated location in the program
491where the user wants to regain control if program execution ever reaches
492that location.
493
494There are two main ways to implement breakpoints; either as ``hardware''
495breakpoints or as ``software'' breakpoints.
496
56caf160
EZ
497@cindex hardware breakpoints
498@cindex program counter
c906108c
SS
499Hardware breakpoints are sometimes available as a builtin debugging
500features with some chips. Typically these work by having dedicated
501register into which the breakpoint address may be stored. If the PC
56caf160 502(shorthand for @dfn{program counter})
c906108c 503ever matches a value in a breakpoint registers, the CPU raises an
56caf160
EZ
504exception and reports it to @value{GDBN}.
505
506Another possibility is when an emulator is in use; many emulators
507include circuitry that watches the address lines coming out from the
508processor, and force it to stop if the address matches a breakpoint's
509address.
510
511A third possibility is that the target already has the ability to do
512breakpoints somehow; for instance, a ROM monitor may do its own
513software breakpoints. So although these are not literally ``hardware
514breakpoints'', from @value{GDBN}'s point of view they work the same;
50e3ee83 515@value{GDBN} need not do anything more than set the breakpoint and wait
56caf160 516for something to happen.
c906108c
SS
517
518Since they depend on hardware resources, hardware breakpoints may be
56caf160 519limited in number; when the user asks for more, @value{GDBN} will
9742079a 520start trying to set software breakpoints. (On some architectures,
937f164b 521notably the 32-bit x86 platforms, @value{GDBN} cannot always know
9742079a
EZ
522whether there's enough hardware resources to insert all the hardware
523breakpoints and watchpoints. On those platforms, @value{GDBN} prints
524an error message only when the program being debugged is continued.)
56caf160
EZ
525
526@cindex software breakpoints
527Software breakpoints require @value{GDBN} to do somewhat more work.
528The basic theory is that @value{GDBN} will replace a program
529instruction with a trap, illegal divide, or some other instruction
530that will cause an exception, and then when it's encountered,
531@value{GDBN} will take the exception and stop the program. When the
532user says to continue, @value{GDBN} will restore the original
c906108c
SS
533instruction, single-step, re-insert the trap, and continue on.
534
535Since it literally overwrites the program being tested, the program area
be9c6c35 536must be writable, so this technique won't work on programs in ROM. It
c906108c 537can also distort the behavior of programs that examine themselves,
56caf160 538although such a situation would be highly unusual.
c906108c
SS
539
540Also, the software breakpoint instruction should be the smallest size of
541instruction, so it doesn't overwrite an instruction that might be a jump
542target, and cause disaster when the program jumps into the middle of the
543breakpoint instruction. (Strictly speaking, the breakpoint must be no
544larger than the smallest interval between instructions that may be jump
545targets; perhaps there is an architecture where only even-numbered
546instructions may jumped to.) Note that it's possible for an instruction
547set not to have any instructions usable for a software breakpoint,
548although in practice only the ARC has failed to define such an
549instruction.
550
c906108c
SS
551Basic breakpoint object handling is in @file{breakpoint.c}. However,
552much of the interesting breakpoint action is in @file{infrun.c}.
553
8181d85f
DJ
554@table @code
555@cindex insert or remove software breakpoint
556@findex target_remove_breakpoint
557@findex target_insert_breakpoint
558@item target_remove_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
559@itemx target_insert_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
560Insert or remove a software breakpoint at address
561@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
562non-zero for failure. On input, @var{bp_tgt} contains the address of the
563breakpoint, and is otherwise initialized to zero. The fields of the
564@code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by @var{bp_tgt} are updated
565to contain other information about the breakpoint on output. The field
566@code{placed_address} may be updated if the breakpoint was placed at a
567related address; the field @code{shadow_contents} contains the real
568contents of the bytes where the breakpoint has been inserted,
569if reading memory would return the breakpoint instead of the
570underlying memory; the field @code{shadow_len} is the length of
571memory cached in @code{shadow_contents}, if any; and the field
572@code{placed_size} is optionally set and used by the target, if
573it could differ from @code{shadow_len}.
574
575For example, the remote target @samp{Z0} packet does not require
576shadowing memory, so @code{shadow_len} is left at zero. However,
4a9bb1df 577the length reported by @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} is cached in
8181d85f
DJ
578@code{placed_size}, so that a matching @samp{z0} packet can be
579used to remove the breakpoint.
580
581@cindex insert or remove hardware breakpoint
582@findex target_remove_hw_breakpoint
583@findex target_insert_hw_breakpoint
584@item target_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
585@itemx target_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
586Insert or remove a hardware-assisted breakpoint at address
587@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
588non-zero for failure. See @code{target_insert_breakpoint} for
589a description of the @code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by
590@var{bp_tgt}; the @code{shadow_contents} and
591@code{shadow_len} members are not used for hardware breakpoints,
592but @code{placed_size} may be.
593@end table
594
c906108c
SS
595@section Single Stepping
596
597@section Signal Handling
598
599@section Thread Handling
600
601@section Inferior Function Calls
602
603@section Longjmp Support
604
56caf160 605@cindex @code{longjmp} debugging
25822942 606@value{GDBN} has support for figuring out that the target is doing a
c906108c
SS
607@code{longjmp} and for stopping at the target of the jump, if we are
608stepping. This is done with a few specialized internal breakpoints,
56caf160
EZ
609which are visible in the output of the @samp{maint info breakpoint}
610command.
c906108c 611
4a9bb1df
UW
612@findex gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
613To make this work, you need to define a function called
1f70da6a
SS
614@code{gdbarch_get_longjmp_target}, which will examine the
615@code{jmp_buf} structure and extract the @code{longjmp} target address.
616Since @code{jmp_buf} is target specific and typically defined in a
617target header not available to @value{GDBN}, you will need to
618determine the offset of the PC manually and return that; many targets
619define a @code{jb_pc_offset} field in the tdep structure to save the
620value once calculated.
c906108c 621
9742079a
EZ
622@section Watchpoints
623@cindex watchpoints
624
625Watchpoints are a special kind of breakpoints (@pxref{Algorithms,
626breakpoints}) which break when data is accessed rather than when some
627instruction is executed. When you have data which changes without
628your knowing what code does that, watchpoints are the silver bullet to
629hunt down and kill such bugs.
630
631@cindex hardware watchpoints
632@cindex software watchpoints
633Watchpoints can be either hardware-assisted or not; the latter type is
634known as ``software watchpoints.'' @value{GDBN} always uses
635hardware-assisted watchpoints if they are available, and falls back on
636software watchpoints otherwise. Typical situations where @value{GDBN}
637will use software watchpoints are:
638
639@itemize @bullet
640@item
641The watched memory region is too large for the underlying hardware
642watchpoint support. For example, each x86 debug register can watch up
643to 4 bytes of memory, so trying to watch data structures whose size is
644more than 16 bytes will cause @value{GDBN} to use software
645watchpoints.
646
647@item
648The value of the expression to be watched depends on data held in
649registers (as opposed to memory).
650
651@item
652Too many different watchpoints requested. (On some architectures,
653this situation is impossible to detect until the debugged program is
654resumed.) Note that x86 debug registers are used both for hardware
655breakpoints and for watchpoints, so setting too many hardware
656breakpoints might cause watchpoint insertion to fail.
657
658@item
659No hardware-assisted watchpoints provided by the target
660implementation.
661@end itemize
662
663Software watchpoints are very slow, since @value{GDBN} needs to
664single-step the program being debugged and test the value of the
665watched expression(s) after each instruction. The rest of this
666section is mostly irrelevant for software watchpoints.
667
b6b8ece6
EZ
668When the inferior stops, @value{GDBN} tries to establish, among other
669possible reasons, whether it stopped due to a watchpoint being hit.
d983da9c
DJ
670It first uses @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to see if any watchpoint
671was hit. If not, all watchpoint checking is skipped.
672
673Then @value{GDBN} calls @code{target_stopped_data_address} exactly
674once. This method returns the address of the watchpoint which
675triggered, if the target can determine it. If the triggered address
676is available, @value{GDBN} compares the address returned by this
677method with each watched memory address in each active watchpoint.
678For data-read and data-access watchpoints, @value{GDBN} announces
679every watchpoint that watches the triggered address as being hit.
680For this reason, data-read and data-access watchpoints
681@emph{require} that the triggered address be available; if not, read
682and access watchpoints will never be considered hit. For data-write
683watchpoints, if the triggered address is available, @value{GDBN}
684considers only those watchpoints which match that address;
685otherwise, @value{GDBN} considers all data-write watchpoints. For
686each data-write watchpoint that @value{GDBN} considers, it evaluates
687the expression whose value is being watched, and tests whether the
688watched value has changed. Watchpoints whose watched values have
689changed are announced as hit.
b6b8ece6 690
1f70da6a
SS
691@c FIXME move these to the main lists of target/native defns
692
9742079a
EZ
693@value{GDBN} uses several macros and primitives to support hardware
694watchpoints:
695
696@table @code
9742079a
EZ
697@findex TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT
698@item TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (@var{type}, @var{count}, @var{other})
699Return the number of hardware watchpoints of type @var{type} that are
700possible to be set. The value is positive if @var{count} watchpoints
701of this type can be set, zero if setting watchpoints of this type is
702not supported, and negative if @var{count} is more than the maximum
703number of watchpoints of type @var{type} that can be set. @var{other}
704is non-zero if other types of watchpoints are currently enabled (there
705are architectures which cannot set watchpoints of different types at
706the same time).
707
708@findex TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT
709@item TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{len})
710Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region
711whose address is @var{addr} and whose length in bytes is @var{len}.
712
b6b8ece6 713@cindex insert or remove hardware watchpoint
9742079a
EZ
714@findex target_insert_watchpoint
715@findex target_remove_watchpoint
716@item target_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
717@itemx target_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
718Insert or remove a hardware watchpoint starting at @var{addr}, for
719@var{len} bytes. @var{type} is the watchpoint type, one of the
720possible values of the enumerated data type @code{target_hw_bp_type},
721defined by @file{breakpoint.h} as follows:
722
474c8240 723@smallexample
9742079a
EZ
724 enum target_hw_bp_type
725 @{
726 hw_write = 0, /* Common (write) HW watchpoint */
727 hw_read = 1, /* Read HW watchpoint */
728 hw_access = 2, /* Access (read or write) HW watchpoint */
729 hw_execute = 3 /* Execute HW breakpoint */
730 @};
474c8240 731@end smallexample
9742079a
EZ
732
733@noindent
734These two macros should return 0 for success, non-zero for failure.
735
9742079a 736@findex target_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
737@item target_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
738If the inferior has some watchpoint that triggered, place the address
739associated with the watchpoint at the location pointed to by
d983da9c
DJ
740@var{addr_p} and return non-zero. Otherwise, return zero. This
741is required for data-read and data-access watchpoints. It is
742not required for data-write watchpoints, but @value{GDBN} uses
743it to improve handling of those also.
744
745@value{GDBN} will only call this method once per watchpoint stop,
746immediately after calling @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}. If the
747target's watchpoint indication is sticky, i.e., stays set after
748resuming, this method should clear it. For instance, the x86 debug
749control register has sticky triggered flags.
9742079a 750
5009afc5
AS
751@findex target_watchpoint_addr_within_range
752@item target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (@var{target}, @var{addr}, @var{start}, @var{length})
753Check whether @var{addr} (as returned by @code{target_stopped_data_address})
754lies within the hardware-defined watchpoint region described by
755@var{start} and @var{length}. This only needs to be provided if the
756granularity of a watchpoint is greater than one byte, i.e., if the
757watchpoint can also trigger on nearby addresses outside of the watched
758region.
759
9742079a
EZ
760@findex HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
761@item HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
762If defined to a non-zero value, it is not necessary to disable a
5009afc5 763watchpoint to step over it. Like @code{gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint},
d983da9c
DJ
764this is usually set when watchpoints trigger at the instruction
765which will perform an interesting read or write. It should be
766set if there is a temporary disable bit which allows the processor
767to step over the interesting instruction without raising the
768watchpoint exception again.
9742079a 769
4a9bb1df
UW
770@findex gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint
771@item int gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint (@var{gdbarch})
772If it returns a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} should disable a
d983da9c
DJ
773watchpoint to step the inferior over it. This is usually set when
774watchpoints trigger at the instruction which will perform an
775interesting read or write.
9742079a
EZ
776
777@findex HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
778@item HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
779If defined to a non-zero value, it is possible to continue the
d983da9c
DJ
780inferior after a watchpoint has been hit. This is usually set
781when watchpoints trigger at the instruction following an interesting
782read or write.
9742079a 783
9742079a
EZ
784@findex STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT
785@item STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (@var{wait_status})
786Return non-zero if stopped by a watchpoint. @var{wait_status} is of
787the type @code{struct target_waitstatus}, defined by @file{target.h}.
b6b8ece6
EZ
788Normally, this macro is defined to invoke the function pointed to by
789the @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} member of the structure (of the
790type @code{target_ops}, defined on @file{target.h}) that describes the
791target-specific operations; @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} ignores
792the @var{wait_status} argument.
793
794@value{GDBN} does not require the non-zero value returned by
795@code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to be 100% correct, so if a target cannot
796determine for sure whether the inferior stopped due to a watchpoint,
797it could return non-zero ``just in case''.
9742079a
EZ
798@end table
799
d983da9c
DJ
800@subsection Watchpoints and Threads
801@cindex watchpoints, with threads
802
803@value{GDBN} only supports process-wide watchpoints, which trigger
804in all threads. @value{GDBN} uses the thread ID to make watchpoints
805act as if they were thread-specific, but it cannot set hardware
806watchpoints that only trigger in a specific thread. Therefore, even
807if the target supports threads, per-thread debug registers, and
808watchpoints which only affect a single thread, it should set the
809per-thread debug registers for all threads to the same value. On
810@sc{gnu}/Linux native targets, this is accomplished by using
811@code{ALL_LWPS} in @code{target_insert_watchpoint} and
812@code{target_remove_watchpoint} and by using
813@code{linux_set_new_thread} to register a handler for newly created
814threads.
815
816@value{GDBN}'s @sc{gnu}/Linux support only reports a single event
817at a time, although multiple events can trigger simultaneously for
818multi-threaded programs. When multiple events occur, @file{linux-nat.c}
819queues subsequent events and returns them the next time the program
820is resumed. This means that @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} and
821@code{target_stopped_data_address} only need to consult the current
822thread's state---the thread indicated by @code{inferior_ptid}. If
823two threads have hit watchpoints simultaneously, those routines
824will be called a second time for the second thread.
825
9742079a
EZ
826@subsection x86 Watchpoints
827@cindex x86 debug registers
828@cindex watchpoints, on x86
829
830The 32-bit Intel x86 (a.k.a.@: ia32) processors feature special debug
831registers designed to facilitate debugging. @value{GDBN} provides a
832generic library of functions that x86-based ports can use to implement
833support for watchpoints and hardware-assisted breakpoints. This
834subsection documents the x86 watchpoint facilities in @value{GDBN}.
835
1f70da6a
SS
836(At present, the library functions read and write debug registers directly, and are
837thus only available for native configurations.)
838
9742079a
EZ
839To use the generic x86 watchpoint support, a port should do the
840following:
841
842@itemize @bullet
843@findex I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
844@item
845Define the macro @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS} somewhere in the
846target-dependent headers.
847
848@item
849Include the @file{config/i386/nm-i386.h} header file @emph{after}
850defining @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
851
852@item
853Add @file{i386-nat.o} to the value of the Make variable
f0323ca0 854@code{NATDEPFILES} (@pxref{Native Debugging, NATDEPFILES}).
9742079a
EZ
855
856@item
857Provide implementations for the @code{I386_DR_LOW_*} macros described
858below. Typically, each macro should call a target-specific function
859which does the real work.
860@end itemize
861
862The x86 watchpoint support works by maintaining mirror images of the
863debug registers. Values are copied between the mirror images and the
864real debug registers via a set of macros which each target needs to
865provide:
866
867@table @code
868@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL
869@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL (@var{val})
870Set the Debug Control (DR7) register to the value @var{val}.
871
872@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR
873@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR (@var{idx}, @var{addr})
874Put the address @var{addr} into the debug register number @var{idx}.
875
876@findex I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR
877@item I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR (@var{idx})
878Reset (i.e.@: zero out) the address stored in the debug register
879number @var{idx}.
880
881@findex I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
882@item I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
883Return the value of the Debug Status (DR6) register. This value is
884used immediately after it is returned by
885@code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}, so as to support per-thread status
886register values.
887@end table
888
889For each one of the 4 debug registers (whose indices are from 0 to 3)
890that store addresses, a reference count is maintained by @value{GDBN},
891to allow sharing of debug registers by several watchpoints. This
892allows users to define several watchpoints that watch the same
893expression, but with different conditions and/or commands, without
894wasting debug registers which are in short supply. @value{GDBN}
895maintains the reference counts internally, targets don't have to do
896anything to use this feature.
897
898The x86 debug registers can each watch a region that is 1, 2, or 4
899bytes long. The ia32 architecture requires that each watched region
900be appropriately aligned: 2-byte region on 2-byte boundary, 4-byte
901region on 4-byte boundary. However, the x86 watchpoint support in
902@value{GDBN} can watch unaligned regions and regions larger than 4
903bytes (up to 16 bytes) by allocating several debug registers to watch
904a single region. This allocation of several registers per a watched
905region is also done automatically without target code intervention.
906
907The generic x86 watchpoint support provides the following API for the
908@value{GDBN}'s application code:
909
910@table @code
911@findex i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint
912@item i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len})
913The macro @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is set to call
914this function. It counts the number of debug registers required to
915watch a given region, and returns a non-zero value if that number is
916less than 4, the number of debug registers available to x86
917processors.
918
919@findex i386_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
920@item i386_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
921The target function
922@code{target_stopped_data_address} is set to call this function.
923This
9742079a
EZ
924function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
925Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
926macro, and returns the address associated with the first bit that is
927set in DR6.
928
ac77d04f
JJ
929@findex i386_stopped_by_watchpoint
930@item i386_stopped_by_watchpoint (void)
931The macro @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}
932is set to call this function. The
933argument passed to @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} is ignored. This
934function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
935Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
936macro, and returns true if any bit is set. Otherwise, false is
937returned.
938
9742079a
EZ
939@findex i386_insert_watchpoint
940@findex i386_remove_watchpoint
941@item i386_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
942@itemx i386_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
943Insert or remove a watchpoint. The macros
944@code{target_insert_watchpoint} and @code{target_remove_watchpoint}
945are set to call these functions. @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} first
946looks for a debug register which is already set to watch the same
947region for the same access types; if found, it just increments the
948reference count of that debug register, thus implementing debug
949register sharing between watchpoints. If no such register is found,
937f164b
FF
950the function looks for a vacant debug register, sets its mirrored
951value to @var{addr}, sets the mirrored value of DR7 Debug Control
9742079a
EZ
952register as appropriate for the @var{len} and @var{type} parameters,
953and then passes the new values of the debug register and DR7 to the
954inferior by calling @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR} and
955@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If more than one debug register is
956required to cover the given region, the above process is repeated for
957each debug register.
958
959@code{i386_remove_watchpoint} does the opposite: it resets the address
937f164b
FF
960in the mirrored value of the debug register and its read/write and
961length bits in the mirrored value of DR7, then passes these new
9742079a
EZ
962values to the inferior via @code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and
963@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If a register is shared by several
964watchpoints, each time a @code{i386_remove_watchpoint} is called, it
965decrements the reference count, and only calls
966@code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL} when
967the count goes to zero.
968
969@findex i386_insert_hw_breakpoint
970@findex i386_remove_hw_breakpoint
8181d85f
DJ
971@item i386_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
972@itemx i386_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
9742079a
EZ
973These functions insert and remove hardware-assisted breakpoints. The
974macros @code{target_insert_hw_breakpoint} and
975@code{target_remove_hw_breakpoint} are set to call these functions.
8181d85f
DJ
976The argument is a @code{struct bp_target_info *}, as described in
977the documentation for @code{target_insert_breakpoint}.
9742079a
EZ
978These functions work like @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} and
979@code{i386_remove_watchpoint}, respectively, except that they set up
980the debug registers to watch instruction execution, and each
981hardware-assisted breakpoint always requires exactly one debug
982register.
983
9742079a
EZ
984@findex i386_cleanup_dregs
985@item i386_cleanup_dregs (void)
986This function clears all the reference counts, addresses, and control
987bits in the mirror images of the debug registers. It doesn't affect
988the actual debug registers in the inferior process.
989@end table
990
991@noindent
992@strong{Notes:}
993@enumerate 1
994@item
995x86 processors support setting watchpoints on I/O reads or writes.
996However, since no target supports this (as of March 2001), and since
997@code{enum target_hw_bp_type} doesn't even have an enumeration for I/O
998watchpoints, this feature is not yet available to @value{GDBN} running
999on x86.
1000
1001@item
1002x86 processors can enable watchpoints locally, for the current task
1003only, or globally, for all the tasks. For each debug register,
1004there's a bit in the DR7 Debug Control register that determines
1005whether the associated address is watched locally or globally. The
1006current implementation of x86 watchpoint support in @value{GDBN}
1007always sets watchpoints to be locally enabled, since global
1008watchpoints might interfere with the underlying OS and are probably
1009unavailable in many platforms.
1010@end enumerate
1011
5c95884b
MS
1012@section Checkpoints
1013@cindex checkpoints
1014@cindex restart
1015In the abstract, a checkpoint is a point in the execution history of
1016the program, which the user may wish to return to at some later time.
1017
1018Internally, a checkpoint is a saved copy of the program state, including
1019whatever information is required in order to restore the program to that
1020state at a later time. This can be expected to include the state of
1021registers and memory, and may include external state such as the state
1022of open files and devices.
1023
1024There are a number of ways in which checkpoints may be implemented
b247355e 1025in gdb, e.g.@: as corefiles, as forked processes, and as some opaque
5c95884b
MS
1026method implemented on the target side.
1027
1028A corefile can be used to save an image of target memory and register
1029state, which can in principle be restored later --- but corefiles do
1030not typically include information about external entities such as
1031open files. Currently this method is not implemented in gdb.
1032
1033A forked process can save the state of user memory and registers,
1034as well as some subset of external (kernel) state. This method
1035is used to implement checkpoints on Linux, and in principle might
1036be used on other systems.
1037
b247355e 1038Some targets, e.g.@: simulators, might have their own built-in
5c95884b
MS
1039method for saving checkpoints, and gdb might be able to take
1040advantage of that capability without necessarily knowing any
1041details of how it is done.
1042
1043
bcd7e15f
JB
1044@section Observing changes in @value{GDBN} internals
1045@cindex observer pattern interface
1046@cindex notifications about changes in internals
1047
1048In order to function properly, several modules need to be notified when
1049some changes occur in the @value{GDBN} internals. Traditionally, these
1050modules have relied on several paradigms, the most common ones being
1051hooks and gdb-events. Unfortunately, none of these paradigms was
1052versatile enough to become the standard notification mechanism in
1053@value{GDBN}. The fact that they only supported one ``client'' was also
1054a strong limitation.
1055
1056A new paradigm, based on the Observer pattern of the @cite{Design
1057Patterns} book, has therefore been implemented. The goal was to provide
1058a new interface overcoming the issues with the notification mechanisms
1059previously available. This new interface needed to be strongly typed,
1060easy to extend, and versatile enough to be used as the standard
1061interface when adding new notifications.
1062
1063See @ref{GDB Observers} for a brief description of the observers
1064currently implemented in GDB. The rationale for the current
1065implementation is also briefly discussed.
1066
c906108c
SS
1067@node User Interface
1068
1069@chapter User Interface
1070
1f70da6a
SS
1071@value{GDBN} has several user interfaces, of which the traditional
1072command-line interface is perhaps the most familiar.
c906108c
SS
1073
1074@section Command Interpreter
1075
56caf160 1076@cindex command interpreter
0ee54786 1077@cindex CLI
25822942 1078The command interpreter in @value{GDBN} is fairly simple. It is designed to
c906108c
SS
1079allow for the set of commands to be augmented dynamically, and also
1080has a recursive subcommand capability, where the first argument to
1081a command may itself direct a lookup on a different command list.
1082
56caf160
EZ
1083For instance, the @samp{set} command just starts a lookup on the
1084@code{setlist} command list, while @samp{set thread} recurses
c906108c
SS
1085to the @code{set_thread_cmd_list}.
1086
56caf160
EZ
1087@findex add_cmd
1088@findex add_com
c906108c
SS
1089To add commands in general, use @code{add_cmd}. @code{add_com} adds to
1090the main command list, and should be used for those commands. The usual
cfeada60 1091place to add commands is in the @code{_initialize_@var{xyz}} routines at
9742079a 1092the ends of most source files.
cfeada60 1093
40dd2248
TT
1094@findex add_setshow_cmd
1095@findex add_setshow_cmd_full
1096To add paired @samp{set} and @samp{show} commands, use
1097@code{add_setshow_cmd} or @code{add_setshow_cmd_full}. The former is
1098a slightly simpler interface which is useful when you don't need to
1099further modify the new command structures, while the latter returns
1100the new command structures for manipulation.
1101
56caf160
EZ
1102@cindex deprecating commands
1103@findex deprecate_cmd
cfeada60
FN
1104Before removing commands from the command set it is a good idea to
1105deprecate them for some time. Use @code{deprecate_cmd} on commands or
1106aliases to set the deprecated flag. @code{deprecate_cmd} takes a
1107@code{struct cmd_list_element} as it's first argument. You can use the
1108return value from @code{add_com} or @code{add_cmd} to deprecate the
1109command immediately after it is created.
1110
c72e7388 1111The first time a command is used the user will be warned and offered a
cfeada60 1112replacement (if one exists). Note that the replacement string passed to
d3e8051b 1113@code{deprecate_cmd} should be the full name of the command, i.e., the
cfeada60 1114entire string the user should type at the command line.
c906108c 1115
587afa38 1116@anchor{UI-Independent Output}
0ee54786
EZ
1117@section UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out} Functions
1118@c This section is based on the documentation written by Fernando
1119@c Nasser <fnasser@redhat.com>.
1120
1121@cindex @code{ui_out} functions
1122The @code{ui_out} functions present an abstraction level for the
1123@value{GDBN} output code. They hide the specifics of different user
1124interfaces supported by @value{GDBN}, and thus free the programmer
1125from the need to write several versions of the same code, one each for
1126every UI, to produce output.
1127
1128@subsection Overview and Terminology
1129
1130In general, execution of each @value{GDBN} command produces some sort
1131of output, and can even generate an input request.
1132
1133Output can be generated for the following purposes:
1134
1135@itemize @bullet
1136@item
1137to display a @emph{result} of an operation;
1138
1139@item
1140to convey @emph{info} or produce side-effects of a requested
1141operation;
1142
1143@item
1144to provide a @emph{notification} of an asynchronous event (including
1145progress indication of a prolonged asynchronous operation);
1146
1147@item
1148to display @emph{error messages} (including warnings);
1149
1150@item
1151to show @emph{debug data};
1152
1153@item
1154to @emph{query} or prompt a user for input (a special case).
1155@end itemize
1156
1157@noindent
1158This section mainly concentrates on how to build result output,
1159although some of it also applies to other kinds of output.
1160
1161Generation of output that displays the results of an operation
1162involves one or more of the following:
1163
1164@itemize @bullet
1165@item
1166output of the actual data
1167
1168@item
1169formatting the output as appropriate for console output, to make it
1170easily readable by humans
1171
1172@item
1173machine oriented formatting--a more terse formatting to allow for easy
1174parsing by programs which read @value{GDBN}'s output
1175
1176@item
c72e7388
AC
1177annotation, whose purpose is to help legacy GUIs to identify interesting
1178parts in the output
0ee54786
EZ
1179@end itemize
1180
1181The @code{ui_out} routines take care of the first three aspects.
c72e7388
AC
1182Annotations are provided by separate annotation routines. Note that use
1183of annotations for an interface between a GUI and @value{GDBN} is
0ee54786
EZ
1184deprecated.
1185
c72e7388
AC
1186Output can be in the form of a single item, which we call a @dfn{field};
1187a @dfn{list} consisting of identical fields; a @dfn{tuple} consisting of
1188non-identical fields; or a @dfn{table}, which is a tuple consisting of a
1189header and a body. In a BNF-like form:
0ee54786 1190
c72e7388
AC
1191@table @code
1192@item <table> @expansion{}
1193@code{<header> <body>}
1194@item <header> @expansion{}
1195@code{@{ <column> @}}
1196@item <column> @expansion{}
1197@code{<width> <alignment> <title>}
1198@item <body> @expansion{}
1199@code{@{<row>@}}
1200@end table
0ee54786
EZ
1201
1202
1203@subsection General Conventions
1204
c72e7388
AC
1205Most @code{ui_out} routines are of type @code{void}, the exceptions are
1206@code{ui_out_stream_new} (which returns a pointer to the newly created
1207object) and the @code{make_cleanup} routines.
0ee54786 1208
c72e7388
AC
1209The first parameter is always the @code{ui_out} vector object, a pointer
1210to a @code{struct ui_out}.
0ee54786 1211
c72e7388
AC
1212The @var{format} parameter is like in @code{printf} family of functions.
1213When it is present, there must also be a variable list of arguments
1214sufficient used to satisfy the @code{%} specifiers in the supplied
0ee54786
EZ
1215format.
1216
c72e7388
AC
1217When a character string argument is not used in a @code{ui_out} function
1218call, a @code{NULL} pointer has to be supplied instead.
0ee54786
EZ
1219
1220
c72e7388 1221@subsection Table, Tuple and List Functions
0ee54786
EZ
1222
1223@cindex list output functions
1224@cindex table output functions
c72e7388
AC
1225@cindex tuple output functions
1226This section introduces @code{ui_out} routines for building lists,
1227tuples and tables. The routines to output the actual data items
1228(fields) are presented in the next section.
0ee54786 1229
c72e7388
AC
1230To recap: A @dfn{tuple} is a sequence of @dfn{fields}, each field
1231containing information about an object; a @dfn{list} is a sequence of
1232fields where each field describes an identical object.
0ee54786 1233
c72e7388
AC
1234Use the @dfn{table} functions when your output consists of a list of
1235rows (tuples) and the console output should include a heading. Use this
1236even when you are listing just one object but you still want the header.
0ee54786
EZ
1237
1238@cindex nesting level in @code{ui_out} functions
c72e7388
AC
1239Tables can not be nested. Tuples and lists can be nested up to a
1240maximum of five levels.
0ee54786
EZ
1241
1242The overall structure of the table output code is something like this:
1243
474c8240 1244@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1245 ui_out_table_begin
1246 ui_out_table_header
c72e7388 1247 @dots{}
0ee54786 1248 ui_out_table_body
c72e7388 1249 ui_out_tuple_begin
0ee54786 1250 ui_out_field_*
c72e7388
AC
1251 @dots{}
1252 ui_out_tuple_end
1253 @dots{}
0ee54786 1254 ui_out_table_end
474c8240 1255@end smallexample
0ee54786 1256
c72e7388 1257Here is the description of table-, tuple- and list-related @code{ui_out}
0ee54786
EZ
1258functions:
1259
c72e7388
AC
1260@deftypefun void ui_out_table_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nbrofcols}, int @var{nr_rows}, const char *@var{tblid})
1261The function @code{ui_out_table_begin} marks the beginning of the output
1262of a table. It should always be called before any other @code{ui_out}
1263function for a given table. @var{nbrofcols} is the number of columns in
1264the table. @var{nr_rows} is the number of rows in the table.
1265@var{tblid} is an optional string identifying the table. The string
1266pointed to by @var{tblid} is copied by the implementation of
1267@code{ui_out_table_begin}, so the application can free the string if it
1268was @code{malloc}ed.
0ee54786
EZ
1269
1270The companion function @code{ui_out_table_end}, described below, marks
1271the end of the table's output.
1272@end deftypefun
1273
c72e7388
AC
1274@deftypefun void ui_out_table_header (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{colhdr})
1275@code{ui_out_table_header} provides the header information for a single
1276table column. You call this function several times, one each for every
1277column of the table, after @code{ui_out_table_begin}, but before
1278@code{ui_out_table_body}.
0ee54786
EZ
1279
1280The value of @var{width} gives the column width in characters. The
1281value of @var{alignment} is one of @code{left}, @code{center}, and
1282@code{right}, and it specifies how to align the header: left-justify,
1283center, or right-justify it. @var{colhdr} points to a string that
1284specifies the column header; the implementation copies that string, so
c72e7388
AC
1285column header strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed after the
1286call.
0ee54786
EZ
1287@end deftypefun
1288
1289@deftypefun void ui_out_table_body (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388 1290This function delimits the table header from the table body.
0ee54786
EZ
1291@end deftypefun
1292
1293@deftypefun void ui_out_table_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1294This function signals the end of a table's output. It should be called
1295after the table body has been produced by the list and field output
1296functions.
0ee54786
EZ
1297
1298There should be exactly one call to @code{ui_out_table_end} for each
c72e7388
AC
1299call to @code{ui_out_table_begin}, otherwise the @code{ui_out} functions
1300will signal an internal error.
0ee54786
EZ
1301@end deftypefun
1302
c72e7388 1303The output of the tuples that represent the table rows must follow the
0ee54786 1304call to @code{ui_out_table_body} and precede the call to
c72e7388
AC
1305@code{ui_out_table_end}. You build a tuple by calling
1306@code{ui_out_tuple_begin} and @code{ui_out_tuple_end}, with suitable
0ee54786
EZ
1307calls to functions which actually output fields between them.
1308
c72e7388
AC
1309@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1310This function marks the beginning of a tuple output. @var{id} points
1311to an optional string that identifies the tuple; it is copied by the
1312implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1313after the call.
1314@end deftypefun
1315
1316@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1317This function signals an end of a tuple output. There should be exactly
1318one call to @code{ui_out_tuple_end} for each call to
1319@code{ui_out_tuple_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1320be signaled.
1321@end deftypefun
1322
587afa38 1323@deftypefun {struct cleanup *} make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
c72e7388
AC
1324This function first opens the tuple and then establishes a cleanup
1325(@pxref{Coding, Cleanups}) to close the tuple. It provides a convenient
1326and correct implementation of the non-portable@footnote{The function
b9aa90c9 1327cast is not portable ISO C.} code sequence:
c72e7388
AC
1328@smallexample
1329struct cleanup *old_cleanup;
1330ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "...");
1331old_cleanup = make_cleanup ((void(*)(void *)) ui_out_tuple_end,
1332 uiout);
1333@end smallexample
1334@end deftypefun
1335
1336@deftypefun void ui_out_list_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1337This function marks the beginning of a list output. @var{id} points to
1338an optional string that identifies the list; it is copied by the
1339implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1340after the call.
0ee54786
EZ
1341@end deftypefun
1342
1343@deftypefun void ui_out_list_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1344This function signals an end of a list output. There should be exactly
1345one call to @code{ui_out_list_end} for each call to
1346@code{ui_out_list_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1347be signaled.
1348@end deftypefun
1349
587afa38 1350@deftypefun {struct cleanup *} make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
c72e7388
AC
1351Similar to @code{make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end}, this function
1352opens a list and then establishes cleanup (@pxref{Coding, Cleanups})
f66d1690 1353that will close the list.
0ee54786
EZ
1354@end deftypefun
1355
1356@subsection Item Output Functions
1357
1358@cindex item output functions
1359@cindex field output functions
1360@cindex data output
1361The functions described below produce output for the actual data
1362items, or fields, which contain information about the object.
1363
1364Choose the appropriate function accordingly to your particular needs.
1365
1366@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{fldname}, char *@var{format}, ...)
1367This is the most general output function. It produces the
1368representation of the data in the variable-length argument list
1369according to formatting specifications in @var{format}, a
1370@code{printf}-like format string. The optional argument @var{fldname}
1371supplies the name of the field. The data items themselves are
1372supplied as additional arguments after @var{format}.
1373
1374This generic function should be used only when it is not possible to
1375use one of the specialized versions (see below).
1376@end deftypefun
1377
c72e7388 1378@deftypefun void ui_out_field_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
0ee54786
EZ
1379This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It uses the
1380@code{"%d"} output conversion specification. @var{fldname} specifies
1381the name of the field.
1382@end deftypefun
8d19fbd2
JJ
1383
1384@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
1385This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It differs from
1386@code{ui_out_field_int} in that the caller specifies the desired @var{width} and @var{alignment} of the output.
1387@var{fldname} specifies
1388the name of the field.
1389@end deftypefun
0ee54786 1390
5af949e3
UW
1391@deftypefun void ui_out_field_core_addr (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, CORE_ADDR @var{address})
1392This function outputs an address as appropriate for @var{gdbarch}.
0ee54786
EZ
1393@end deftypefun
1394
c72e7388 1395@deftypefun void ui_out_field_string (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1396This function outputs a string using the @code{"%s"} conversion
1397specification.
1398@end deftypefun
1399
1400Sometimes, there's a need to compose your output piece by piece using
1401functions that operate on a stream, such as @code{value_print} or
1402@code{fprintf_symbol_filtered}. These functions accept an argument of
1403the type @code{struct ui_file *}, a pointer to a @code{ui_file} object
1404used to store the data stream used for the output. When you use one
1405of these functions, you need a way to pass their results stored in a
1406@code{ui_file} object to the @code{ui_out} functions. To this end,
1407you first create a @code{ui_stream} object by calling
1408@code{ui_out_stream_new}, pass the @code{stream} member of that
1409@code{ui_stream} object to @code{value_print} and similar functions,
1410and finally call @code{ui_out_field_stream} to output the field you
1411constructed. When the @code{ui_stream} object is no longer needed,
1412you should destroy it and free its memory by calling
1413@code{ui_out_stream_delete}.
1414
587afa38 1415@deftypefun {struct ui_stream *} ui_out_stream_new (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
0ee54786
EZ
1416This function creates a new @code{ui_stream} object which uses the
1417same output methods as the @code{ui_out} object whose pointer is
1418passed in @var{uiout}. It returns a pointer to the newly created
1419@code{ui_stream} object.
1420@end deftypefun
1421
1422@deftypefun void ui_out_stream_delete (struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
1423This functions destroys a @code{ui_stream} object specified by
1424@var{streambuf}.
1425@end deftypefun
1426
c72e7388 1427@deftypefun void ui_out_field_stream (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fieldname}, struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
0ee54786
EZ
1428This function consumes all the data accumulated in
1429@code{streambuf->stream} and outputs it like
1430@code{ui_out_field_string} does. After a call to
1431@code{ui_out_field_stream}, the accumulated data no longer exists, but
1432the stream is still valid and may be used for producing more fields.
1433@end deftypefun
1434
1435@strong{Important:} If there is any chance that your code could bail
1436out before completing output generation and reaching the point where
1437@code{ui_out_stream_delete} is called, it is necessary to set up a
1438cleanup, to avoid leaking memory and other resources. Here's a
1439skeleton code to do that:
1440
1441@smallexample
1442 struct ui_stream *mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1443 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1444 ...
1445 do_cleanups (old);
1446@end smallexample
1447
1448If the function already has the old cleanup chain set (for other kinds
1449of cleanups), you just have to add your cleanup to it:
1450
1451@smallexample
1452 mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1453 make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1454@end smallexample
1455
1456Note that with cleanups in place, you should not call
1457@code{ui_out_stream_delete} directly, or you would attempt to free the
1458same buffer twice.
1459
1460@subsection Utility Output Functions
1461
c72e7388 1462@deftypefun void ui_out_field_skip (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname})
0ee54786
EZ
1463This function skips a field in a table. Use it if you have to leave
1464an empty field without disrupting the table alignment. The argument
1465@var{fldname} specifies a name for the (missing) filed.
1466@end deftypefun
1467
c72e7388 1468@deftypefun void ui_out_text (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1469This function outputs the text in @var{string} in a way that makes it
1470easy to be read by humans. For example, the console implementation of
1471this method filters the text through a built-in pager, to prevent it
1472from scrolling off the visible portion of the screen.
1473
1474Use this function for printing relatively long chunks of text around
1475the actual field data: the text it produces is not aligned according
1476to the table's format. Use @code{ui_out_field_string} to output a
1477string field, and use @code{ui_out_message}, described below, to
1478output short messages.
1479@end deftypefun
1480
1481@deftypefun void ui_out_spaces (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nspaces})
1482This function outputs @var{nspaces} spaces. It is handy to align the
1483text produced by @code{ui_out_text} with the rest of the table or
1484list.
1485@end deftypefun
1486
c72e7388 1487@deftypefun void ui_out_message (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{verbosity}, const char *@var{format}, ...)
0ee54786
EZ
1488This function produces a formatted message, provided that the current
1489verbosity level is at least as large as given by @var{verbosity}. The
1490current verbosity level is specified by the user with the @samp{set
1491verbositylevel} command.@footnote{As of this writing (April 2001),
1492setting verbosity level is not yet implemented, and is always returned
1493as zero. So calling @code{ui_out_message} with a @var{verbosity}
1494argument more than zero will cause the message to never be printed.}
1495@end deftypefun
1496
1497@deftypefun void ui_out_wrap_hint (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{indent})
1498This function gives the console output filter (a paging filter) a hint
1499of where to break lines which are too long. Ignored for all other
1500output consumers. @var{indent}, if non-@code{NULL}, is the string to
1501be printed to indent the wrapped text on the next line; it must remain
1502accessible until the next call to @code{ui_out_wrap_hint}, or until an
1503explicit newline is produced by one of the other functions. If
1504@var{indent} is @code{NULL}, the wrapped text will not be indented.
1505@end deftypefun
1506
1507@deftypefun void ui_out_flush (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1508This function flushes whatever output has been accumulated so far, if
1509the UI buffers output.
1510@end deftypefun
1511
1512
1513@subsection Examples of Use of @code{ui_out} functions
1514
1515@cindex using @code{ui_out} functions
1516@cindex @code{ui_out} functions, usage examples
1517This section gives some practical examples of using the @code{ui_out}
1518functions to generalize the old console-oriented code in
1519@value{GDBN}. The examples all come from functions defined on the
1520@file{breakpoints.c} file.
1521
1522This example, from the @code{breakpoint_1} function, shows how to
1523produce a table.
1524
1525The original code was:
1526
474c8240 1527@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1528 if (!found_a_breakpoint++)
1529 @{
1530 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1531
1532 annotate_field (0);
1533 printf_filtered ("Num ");
1534 annotate_field (1);
1535 printf_filtered ("Type ");
1536 annotate_field (2);
1537 printf_filtered ("Disp ");
1538 annotate_field (3);
1539 printf_filtered ("Enb ");
1540 if (addressprint)
1541 @{
1542 annotate_field (4);
1543 printf_filtered ("Address ");
1544 @}
1545 annotate_field (5);
1546 printf_filtered ("What\n");
1547
1548 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
1549 @}
474c8240 1550@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1551
1552Here's the new version:
1553
474c8240 1554@smallexample
c72e7388
AC
1555 nr_printable_breakpoints = @dots{};
1556
1557 if (addressprint)
1558 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1559 else
1560 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1561
1562 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1563 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1564 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1565 annotate_field (0);
1566 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
1567 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1568 annotate_field (1);
1569 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
1570 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1571 annotate_field (2);
1572 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
1573 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1574 annotate_field (3);
1575 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
1576 if (addressprint)
1577 @{
1578 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1579 annotate_field (4);
a6d9a66e 1580 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
c72e7388 1581 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
0ee54786 1582 else
c72e7388
AC
1583 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
1584 @}
1585 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1586 annotate_field (5);
1587 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
1588 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
1589 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1590 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
474c8240 1591@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1592
1593This example, from the @code{print_one_breakpoint} function, shows how
1594to produce the actual data for the table whose structure was defined
1595in the above example. The original code was:
1596
474c8240 1597@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1598 annotate_record ();
1599 annotate_field (0);
1600 printf_filtered ("%-3d ", b->number);
1601 annotate_field (1);
1602 if ((int)b->type > (sizeof(bptypes)/sizeof(bptypes[0]))
1603 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1604 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1605 (int)b->type);
1606 printf_filtered ("%-14s ", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1607 annotate_field (2);
1608 printf_filtered ("%-4s ", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1609 annotate_field (3);
1610 printf_filtered ("%-3c ", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1611 @dots{}
474c8240 1612@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1613
1614This is the new version:
1615
474c8240 1616@smallexample
0ee54786 1617 annotate_record ();
c72e7388 1618 ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "bkpt");
0ee54786
EZ
1619 annotate_field (0);
1620 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
1621 annotate_field (1);
1622 if (((int) b->type > (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
1623 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1624 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1625 (int) b->type);
1626 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1627 annotate_field (2);
1628 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1629 annotate_field (3);
1630 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1631 @dots{}
474c8240 1632@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1633
1634This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to
1635produce a complicated output field using the @code{print_expression}
1636functions which requires a stream to be passed. It also shows how to
1637automate stream destruction with cleanups. The original code was:
1638
474c8240 1639@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1640 annotate_field (5);
1641 print_expression (b->exp, gdb_stdout);
474c8240 1642@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1643
1644The new version is:
1645
474c8240 1646@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1647 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1648 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
1649 ...
1650 annotate_field (5);
1651 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
1652 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", local_stream);
474c8240 1653@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1654
1655This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to use
1656@code{ui_out_text} and @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original code
1657was:
1658
474c8240 1659@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1660 annotate_field (5);
1661 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1662 printf_filtered ("<any library> ");
1663 else
1664 printf_filtered ("library \"%s\" ", b->dll_pathname);
474c8240 1665@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1666
1667It became:
1668
474c8240 1669@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1670 annotate_field (5);
1671 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1672 @{
1673 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>");
1674 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1675 @}
1676 else
1677 @{
1678 ui_out_text (uiout, "library \"");
1679 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname);
1680 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1681 @}
474c8240 1682@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1683
1684The following example from @code{print_one_breakpoint} shows how to
1685use @code{ui_out_field_int} and @code{ui_out_spaces}. The original
1686code was:
1687
474c8240 1688@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1689 annotate_field (5);
1690 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1691 printf_filtered ("process %d ", b->forked_inferior_pid);
474c8240 1692@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1693
1694It became:
1695
474c8240 1696@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1697 annotate_field (5);
1698 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1699 @{
1700 ui_out_text (uiout, "process ");
1701 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", b->forked_inferior_pid);
1702 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1703 @}
474c8240 1704@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1705
1706Here's an example of using @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original
1707code was:
1708
474c8240 1709@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1710 annotate_field (5);
1711 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1712 printf_filtered ("program \"%s\" ", b->exec_pathname);
474c8240 1713@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1714
1715It became:
1716
474c8240 1717@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1718 annotate_field (5);
1719 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1720 @{
1721 ui_out_text (uiout, "program \"");
1722 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
1723 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1724 @}
474c8240 1725@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1726
1727Finally, here's an example of printing an address. The original code:
1728
474c8240 1729@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1730 annotate_field (4);
1731 printf_filtered ("%s ",
15a661f3 1732 hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) b->address, 8));
474c8240 1733@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1734
1735It became:
1736
474c8240 1737@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1738 annotate_field (4);
1739 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "Address", b->address);
474c8240 1740@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1741
1742
c906108c
SS
1743@section Console Printing
1744
1745@section TUI
1746
89437448 1747@node libgdb
c906108c 1748
89437448
AC
1749@chapter libgdb
1750
1751@section libgdb 1.0
1752@cindex @code{libgdb}
1753@code{libgdb} 1.0 was an abortive project of years ago. The theory was
1754to provide an API to @value{GDBN}'s functionality.
1755
1756@section libgdb 2.0
56caf160 1757@cindex @code{libgdb}
89437448
AC
1758@code{libgdb} 2.0 is an ongoing effort to update @value{GDBN} so that is
1759better able to support graphical and other environments.
1760
1761Since @code{libgdb} development is on-going, its architecture is still
1762evolving. The following components have so far been identified:
1763
1764@itemize @bullet
1765@item
1766Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}.
1767@item
1768Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1769@item
1770Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1771@item
1772Library - @file{gdb.h}
1773@end itemize
1774
1775The model that ties these components together is described below.
1776
1777@section The @code{libgdb} Model
1778
1779A client of @code{libgdb} interacts with the library in two ways.
1780
1781@itemize @bullet
1782@item
1783As an observer (using @file{gdb-events}) receiving notifications from
1784@code{libgdb} of any internal state changes (break point changes, run
1785state, etc).
1786@item
1787As a client querying @code{libgdb} (using the @file{ui-out} builder) to
1788obtain various status values from @value{GDBN}.
1789@end itemize
1790
c1468174 1791Since @code{libgdb} could have multiple clients (e.g., a GUI supporting
89437448
AC
1792the existing @value{GDBN} CLI), those clients must co-operate when
1793controlling @code{libgdb}. In particular, a client must ensure that
587afa38 1794@code{libgdb} is idle (i.e.@: no other client is using @code{libgdb})
89437448
AC
1795before responding to a @file{gdb-event} by making a query.
1796
1797@section CLI support
1798
1799At present @value{GDBN}'s CLI is very much entangled in with the core of
1800@code{libgdb}. Consequently, a client wishing to include the CLI in
1801their interface needs to carefully co-ordinate its own and the CLI's
1802requirements.
1803
1804It is suggested that the client set @code{libgdb} up to be bi-modal
1805(alternate between CLI and client query modes). The notes below sketch
1806out the theory:
1807
1808@itemize @bullet
1809@item
1810The client registers itself as an observer of @code{libgdb}.
1811@item
1812The client create and install @code{cli-out} builder using its own
1813versions of the @code{ui-file} @code{gdb_stderr}, @code{gdb_stdtarg} and
1814@code{gdb_stdout} streams.
1815@item
1816The client creates a separate custom @code{ui-out} builder that is only
1817used while making direct queries to @code{libgdb}.
1818@end itemize
1819
1820When the client receives input intended for the CLI, it simply passes it
1821along. Since the @code{cli-out} builder is installed by default, all
1822the CLI output in response to that command is routed (pronounced rooted)
1823through to the client controlled @code{gdb_stdout} et.@: al.@: streams.
1824At the same time, the client is kept abreast of internal changes by
1825virtue of being a @code{libgdb} observer.
1826
1827The only restriction on the client is that it must wait until
1828@code{libgdb} becomes idle before initiating any queries (using the
1829client's custom builder).
1830
1831@section @code{libgdb} components
1832
1833@subheading Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}
1834@file{gdb-events} provides the client with a very raw mechanism that can
1835be used to implement an observer. At present it only allows for one
1836observer and that observer must, internally, handle the need to delay
1837the processing of any event notifications until after @code{libgdb} has
1838finished the current command.
1839
1840@subheading Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1841@file{ui-out} provides the infrastructure necessary for a client to
1842create a builder. That builder is then passed down to @code{libgdb}
1843when doing any queries.
1844
1845@subheading Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1846@c There could be an entire section on the event-loop
1847@file{event-loop}, currently non-re-entrant, provides a simple event
1848loop. A client would need to either plug its self into this loop or,
587afa38 1849implement a new event-loop that @value{GDBN} would use.
89437448
AC
1850
1851The event-loop will eventually be made re-entrant. This is so that
a9f12a31 1852@value{GDBN} can better handle the problem of some commands blocking
89437448
AC
1853instead of returning.
1854
1855@subheading Library - @file{gdb.h}
1856@file{libgdb} is the most obvious component of this system. It provides
1857the query interface. Each function is parameterized by a @code{ui-out}
1858builder. The result of the query is constructed using that builder
1859before the query function returns.
c906108c 1860
5f5233d4
PA
1861@node Values
1862@chapter Values
1863@section Values
1864
1865@cindex values
1866@cindex @code{value} structure
1867@value{GDBN} uses @code{struct value}, or @dfn{values}, as an internal
1868abstraction for the representation of a variety of inferior objects
1869and @value{GDBN} convenience objects.
1870
1871Values have an associated @code{struct type}, that describes a virtual
1872view of the raw data or object stored in or accessed through the
1873value.
1874
1875A value is in addition discriminated by its lvalue-ness, given its
1876@code{enum lval_type} enumeration type:
1877
1878@cindex @code{lval_type} enumeration, for values.
1879@table @code
1880@item @code{not_lval}
1881This value is not an lval. It can't be assigned to.
1882
1883@item @code{lval_memory}
1884This value represents an object in memory.
1885
1886@item @code{lval_register}
1887This value represents an object that lives in a register.
1888
1889@item @code{lval_internalvar}
1890Represents the value of an internal variable.
1891
1892@item @code{lval_internalvar_component}
1893Represents part of a @value{GDBN} internal variable. E.g., a
1894structure field.
1895
1896@cindex computed values
1897@item @code{lval_computed}
1898These are ``computed'' values. They allow creating specialized value
1899objects for specific purposes, all abstracted away from the core value
1900support code. The creator of such a value writes specialized
1901functions to handle the reading and writing to/from the value's
1902backend data, and optionally, a ``copy operator'' and a
1903``destructor''.
1904
1905Pointers to these functions are stored in a @code{struct lval_funcs}
1906instance (declared in @file{value.h}), and passed to the
1907@code{allocate_computed_value} function, as in the example below.
1908
1909@smallexample
1910static void
1911nil_value_read (struct value *v)
1912@{
1913 /* This callback reads data from some backend, and stores it in V.
1914 In this case, we always read null data. You'll want to fill in
1915 something more interesting. */
1916
1917 memset (value_contents_all_raw (v),
1918 value_offset (v),
1919 TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v)));
1920@}
1921
1922static void
1923nil_value_write (struct value *v, struct value *fromval)
1924@{
1925 /* Takes the data from FROMVAL and stores it in the backend of V. */
1926
1927 to_oblivion (value_contents_all_raw (fromval),
1928 value_offset (v),
1929 TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (fromval)));
1930@}
1931
1932static struct lval_funcs nil_value_funcs =
1933 @{
1934 nil_value_read,
1935 nil_value_write
1936 @};
1937
1938struct value *
1939make_nil_value (void)
1940@{
1941 struct type *type;
1942 struct value *v;
1943
1944 type = make_nils_type ();
1945 v = allocate_computed_value (type, &nil_value_funcs, NULL);
1946
1947 return v;
1948@}
1949@end smallexample
1950
1951See the implementation of the @code{$_siginfo} convenience variable in
1952@file{infrun.c} as a real example use of lval_computed.
1953
1954@end table
1955
669fac23
DJ
1956@node Stack Frames
1957@chapter Stack Frames
1958
1959@cindex frame
1960@cindex call stack frame
1961A frame is a construct that @value{GDBN} uses to keep track of calling
1962and called functions.
1963
1964@cindex unwind frame
1965@value{GDBN}'s frame model, a fresh design, was implemented with the
1966need to support @sc{dwarf}'s Call Frame Information in mind. In fact,
1967the term ``unwind'' is taken directly from that specification.
1968Developers wishing to learn more about unwinders, are encouraged to
1969read the @sc{dwarf} specification, available from
1970@url{http://www.dwarfstd.org}.
1971
1972@findex frame_register_unwind
1973@findex get_frame_register
1974@value{GDBN}'s model is that you find a frame's registers by
1975``unwinding'' them from the next younger frame. That is,
1976@samp{get_frame_register} which returns the value of a register in
1977frame #1 (the next-to-youngest frame), is implemented by calling frame
1978#0's @code{frame_register_unwind} (the youngest frame). But then the
1979obvious question is: how do you access the registers of the youngest
1980frame itself?
1981
1982@cindex sentinel frame
1983@findex get_frame_type
1984@vindex SENTINEL_FRAME
587afa38 1985To answer this question, @value{GDBN} has the @dfn{sentinel} frame, the
669fac23
DJ
1986``-1st'' frame. Unwinding registers from the sentinel frame gives you
1987the current values of the youngest real frame's registers. If @var{f}
1988is a sentinel frame, then @code{get_frame_type (@var{f}) @equiv{}
1989SENTINEL_FRAME}.
1990
1991@section Selecting an Unwinder
1992
1993@findex frame_unwind_prepend_unwinder
1994@findex frame_unwind_append_unwinder
1995The architecture registers a list of frame unwinders (@code{struct
1996frame_unwind}), using the functions
1997@code{frame_unwind_prepend_unwinder} and
1998@code{frame_unwind_append_unwinder}. Each unwinder includes a
1999sniffer. Whenever @value{GDBN} needs to unwind a frame (to fetch the
2000previous frame's registers or the current frame's ID), it calls
2001registered sniffers in order to find one which recognizes the frame.
2002The first time a sniffer returns non-zero, the corresponding unwinder
2003is assigned to the frame.
2004
2005@section Unwinding the Frame ID
2006@cindex frame ID
2007
2008Every frame has an associated ID, of type @code{struct frame_id}.
2009The ID includes the stack base and function start address for
2010the frame. The ID persists through the entire life of the frame,
2011including while other called frames are running; it is used to
2012locate an appropriate @code{struct frame_info} from the cache.
2013
2014Every time the inferior stops, and at various other times, the frame
2015cache is flushed. Because of this, parts of @value{GDBN} which need
2016to keep track of individual frames cannot use pointers to @code{struct
2017frame_info}. A frame ID provides a stable reference to a frame, even
2018when the unwinder must be run again to generate a new @code{struct
2019frame_info} for the same frame.
2020
2021The frame's unwinder's @code{this_id} method is called to find the ID.
2022Note that this is different from register unwinding, where the next
2023frame's @code{prev_register} is called to unwind this frame's
2024registers.
2025
2026Both stack base and function address are required to identify the
2027frame, because a recursive function has the same function address for
2028two consecutive frames and a leaf function may have the same stack
2029address as its caller. On some platforms, a third address is part of
2030the ID to further disambiguate frames---for instance, on IA-64
2031the separate register stack address is included in the ID.
2032
005ca36a 2033An invalid frame ID (@code{outer_frame_id}) returned from the
669fac23
DJ
2034@code{this_id} method means to stop unwinding after this frame.
2035
005ca36a
JB
2036@code{null_frame_id} is another invalid frame ID which should be used
2037when there is no frame. For instance, certain breakpoints are attached
2038to a specific frame, and that frame is identified through its frame ID
2039(we use this to implement the "finish" command). Using
2040@code{null_frame_id} as the frame ID for a given breakpoint means
2041that the breakpoint is not specific to any frame. The @code{this_id}
2042method should never return @code{null_frame_id}.
2043
669fac23
DJ
2044@section Unwinding Registers
2045
2046Each unwinder includes a @code{prev_register} method. This method
2047takes a frame, an associated cache pointer, and a register number.
2048It returns a @code{struct value *} describing the requested register,
2049as saved by this frame. This is the value of the register that is
2050current in this frame's caller.
2051
2052The returned value must have the same type as the register. It may
2053have any lvalue type. In most circumstances one of these routines
2054will generate the appropriate value:
2055
2056@table @code
2057@item frame_unwind_got_optimized
2058@findex frame_unwind_got_optimized
2059This register was not saved.
2060
2061@item frame_unwind_got_register
2062@findex frame_unwind_got_register
2063This register was copied into another register in this frame. This
2064is also used for unchanged registers; they are ``copied'' into the
2065same register.
2066
2067@item frame_unwind_got_memory
2068@findex frame_unwind_got_memory
2069This register was saved in memory.
2070
2071@item frame_unwind_got_constant
2072@findex frame_unwind_got_constant
2073This register was not saved, but the unwinder can compute the previous
2074value some other way.
2075
2076@item frame_unwind_got_address
2077@findex frame_unwind_got_address
2078Same as @code{frame_unwind_got_constant}, except that the value is a target
2079address. This is frequently used for the stack pointer, which is not
2080explicitly saved but has a known offset from this frame's stack
2081pointer. For architectures with a flat unified address space, this is
2082generally the same as @code{frame_unwind_got_constant}.
2083@end table
2084
c906108c
SS
2085@node Symbol Handling
2086
2087@chapter Symbol Handling
2088
1f70da6a
SS
2089Symbols are a key part of @value{GDBN}'s operation. Symbols include
2090variables, functions, and types.
2091
2092Symbol information for a large program can be truly massive, and
2093reading of symbol information is one of the major performance
2094bottlenecks in @value{GDBN}; it can take many minutes to process it
2095all. Studies have shown that nearly all the time spent is
2096computational, rather than file reading.
2097
2098One of the ways for @value{GDBN} to provide a good user experience is
2099to start up quickly, taking no more than a few seconds. It is simply
2100not possible to process all of a program's debugging info in that
2101time, and so we attempt to handle symbols incrementally. For instance,
2102we create @dfn{partial symbol tables} consisting of only selected
2103symbols, and only expand them to full symbol tables when necessary.
c906108c
SS
2104
2105@section Symbol Reading
2106
56caf160
EZ
2107@cindex symbol reading
2108@cindex reading of symbols
2109@cindex symbol files
2110@value{GDBN} reads symbols from @dfn{symbol files}. The usual symbol
2111file is the file containing the program which @value{GDBN} is
2112debugging. @value{GDBN} can be directed to use a different file for
2113symbols (with the @samp{symbol-file} command), and it can also read
1f70da6a
SS
2114more symbols via the @samp{add-file} and @samp{load} commands. In
2115addition, it may bring in more symbols while loading shared
2116libraries.
56caf160
EZ
2117
2118@findex find_sym_fns
2119Symbol files are initially opened by code in @file{symfile.c} using
2120the BFD library (@pxref{Support Libraries}). BFD identifies the type
2121of the file by examining its header. @code{find_sym_fns} then uses
2122this identification to locate a set of symbol-reading functions.
2123
2124@findex add_symtab_fns
2125@cindex @code{sym_fns} structure
2126@cindex adding a symbol-reading module
2127Symbol-reading modules identify themselves to @value{GDBN} by calling
c906108c
SS
2128@code{add_symtab_fns} during their module initialization. The argument
2129to @code{add_symtab_fns} is a @code{struct sym_fns} which contains the
2130name (or name prefix) of the symbol format, the length of the prefix,
2131and pointers to four functions. These functions are called at various
56caf160 2132times to process symbol files whose identification matches the specified
c906108c
SS
2133prefix.
2134
2135The functions supplied by each module are:
2136
2137@table @code
2138@item @var{xyz}_symfile_init(struct sym_fns *sf)
2139
56caf160 2140@cindex secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
2141Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when we are about to read a new
2142symbol file. This function should clean up any internal state (possibly
2143resulting from half-read previous files, for example) and prepare to
56caf160
EZ
2144read a new symbol file. Note that the symbol file which we are reading
2145might be a new ``main'' symbol file, or might be a secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
2146whose symbols are being added to the existing symbol table.
2147
2148The argument to @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init} is a newly allocated
2149@code{struct sym_fns} whose @code{bfd} field contains the BFD for the
2150new symbol file being read. Its @code{private} field has been zeroed,
2151and can be modified as desired. Typically, a struct of private
2152information will be @code{malloc}'d, and a pointer to it will be placed
2153in the @code{private} field.
2154
2155There is no result from @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, but it can call
2156@code{error} if it detects an unavoidable problem.
2157
2158@item @var{xyz}_new_init()
2159
2160Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when discarding existing symbols.
56caf160
EZ
2161This function needs only handle the symbol-reading module's internal
2162state; the symbol table data structures visible to the rest of
2163@value{GDBN} will be discarded by @code{symbol_file_add}. It has no
2164arguments and no result. It may be called after
2165@code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, if a new symbol table is being read, or
2166may be called alone if all symbols are simply being discarded.
c906108c
SS
2167
2168@item @var{xyz}_symfile_read(struct sym_fns *sf, CORE_ADDR addr, int mainline)
2169
2170Called from @code{symbol_file_add} to actually read the symbols from a
2171symbol-file into a set of psymtabs or symtabs.
2172
56caf160 2173@code{sf} points to the @code{struct sym_fns} originally passed to
c906108c
SS
2174@code{@var{xyz}_sym_init} for possible initialization. @code{addr} is
2175the offset between the file's specified start address and its true
2176address in memory. @code{mainline} is 1 if this is the main symbol
c1468174 2177table being read, and 0 if a secondary symbol file (e.g., shared library
c906108c
SS
2178or dynamically loaded file) is being read.@refill
2179@end table
2180
2181In addition, if a symbol-reading module creates psymtabs when
2182@var{xyz}_symfile_read is called, these psymtabs will contain a pointer
2183to a function @code{@var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab}, which can be called
25822942 2184from any point in the @value{GDBN} symbol-handling code.
c906108c
SS
2185
2186@table @code
2187@item @var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst)
2188
56caf160 2189Called from @code{psymtab_to_symtab} (or the @code{PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB} macro) if
c906108c
SS
2190the psymtab has not already been read in and had its @code{pst->symtab}
2191pointer set. The argument is the psymtab to be fleshed-out into a
56caf160
EZ
2192symtab. Upon return, @code{pst->readin} should have been set to 1, and
2193@code{pst->symtab} should contain a pointer to the new corresponding symtab, or
c906108c
SS
2194zero if there were no symbols in that part of the symbol file.
2195@end table
2196
2197@section Partial Symbol Tables
2198
56caf160 2199@value{GDBN} has three types of symbol tables:
c906108c
SS
2200
2201@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
2202@cindex full symbol table
2203@cindex symtabs
2204@item
2205Full symbol tables (@dfn{symtabs}). These contain the main
2206information about symbols and addresses.
c906108c 2207
56caf160
EZ
2208@cindex psymtabs
2209@item
2210Partial symbol tables (@dfn{psymtabs}). These contain enough
c906108c
SS
2211information to know when to read the corresponding part of the full
2212symbol table.
2213
56caf160
EZ
2214@cindex minimal symbol table
2215@cindex minsymtabs
2216@item
2217Minimal symbol tables (@dfn{msymtabs}). These contain information
c906108c 2218gleaned from non-debugging symbols.
c906108c
SS
2219@end itemize
2220
56caf160 2221@cindex partial symbol table
c906108c
SS
2222This section describes partial symbol tables.
2223
2224A psymtab is constructed by doing a very quick pass over an executable
2225file's debugging information. Small amounts of information are
56caf160 2226extracted---enough to identify which parts of the symbol table will
c906108c 2227need to be re-read and fully digested later, when the user needs the
25822942 2228information. The speed of this pass causes @value{GDBN} to start up very
c906108c
SS
2229quickly. Later, as the detailed rereading occurs, it occurs in small
2230pieces, at various times, and the delay therefrom is mostly invisible to
2231the user.
2232@c (@xref{Symbol Reading}.)
2233
2234The symbols that show up in a file's psymtab should be, roughly, those
2235visible to the debugger's user when the program is not running code from
2236that file. These include external symbols and types, static symbols and
56caf160 2237types, and @code{enum} values declared at file scope.
c906108c
SS
2238
2239The psymtab also contains the range of instruction addresses that the
2240full symbol table would represent.
2241
56caf160
EZ
2242@cindex finding a symbol
2243@cindex symbol lookup
c906108c
SS
2244The idea is that there are only two ways for the user (or much of the
2245code in the debugger) to reference a symbol:
2246
2247@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
2248@findex find_pc_function
2249@findex find_pc_line
2250@item
c1468174 2251By its address (e.g., execution stops at some address which is inside a
56caf160
EZ
2252function in this file). The address will be noticed to be in the
2253range of this psymtab, and the full symtab will be read in.
2254@code{find_pc_function}, @code{find_pc_line}, and other
2255@code{find_pc_@dots{}} functions handle this.
c906108c 2256
56caf160
EZ
2257@cindex lookup_symbol
2258@item
2259By its name
c1468174 2260(e.g., the user asks to print a variable, or set a breakpoint on a
c906108c
SS
2261function). Global names and file-scope names will be found in the
2262psymtab, which will cause the symtab to be pulled in. Local names will
2263have to be qualified by a global name, or a file-scope name, in which
2264case we will have already read in the symtab as we evaluated the
56caf160 2265qualifier. Or, a local symbol can be referenced when we are ``in'' a
c906108c
SS
2266local scope, in which case the first case applies. @code{lookup_symbol}
2267does most of the work here.
c906108c
SS
2268@end itemize
2269
2270The only reason that psymtabs exist is to cause a symtab to be read in
2271at the right moment. Any symbol that can be elided from a psymtab,
2272while still causing that to happen, should not appear in it. Since
2273psymtabs don't have the idea of scope, you can't put local symbols in
2274them anyway. Psymtabs don't have the idea of the type of a symbol,
2275either, so types need not appear, unless they will be referenced by
2276name.
2277
56caf160
EZ
2278It is a bug for @value{GDBN} to behave one way when only a psymtab has
2279been read, and another way if the corresponding symtab has been read
2280in. Such bugs are typically caused by a psymtab that does not contain
2281all the visible symbols, or which has the wrong instruction address
2282ranges.
c906108c 2283
56caf160 2284The psymtab for a particular section of a symbol file (objfile) could be
c906108c
SS
2285thrown away after the symtab has been read in. The symtab should always
2286be searched before the psymtab, so the psymtab will never be used (in a
2287bug-free environment). Currently, psymtabs are allocated on an obstack,
2288and all the psymbols themselves are allocated in a pair of large arrays
2289on an obstack, so there is little to be gained by trying to free them
2290unless you want to do a lot more work.
2291
ccefe4c4
TT
2292Whether or not psymtabs are created depends on the objfile's symbol
2293reader. The core of @value{GDBN} hides the details of partial symbols
2294and partial symbol tables behind a set of function pointers known as
2295the @dfn{quick symbol functions}. These are documented in
2296@file{symfile.h}.
2297
c906108c
SS
2298@section Types
2299
56caf160 2300@unnumberedsubsec Fundamental Types (e.g., @code{FT_VOID}, @code{FT_BOOLEAN}).
c906108c 2301
56caf160 2302@cindex fundamental types
25822942 2303These are the fundamental types that @value{GDBN} uses internally. Fundamental
c906108c
SS
2304types from the various debugging formats (stabs, ELF, etc) are mapped
2305into one of these. They are basically a union of all fundamental types
56caf160
EZ
2306that @value{GDBN} knows about for all the languages that @value{GDBN}
2307knows about.
c906108c 2308
56caf160 2309@unnumberedsubsec Type Codes (e.g., @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}, @code{TYPE_CODE_ARRAY}).
c906108c 2310
56caf160
EZ
2311@cindex type codes
2312Each time @value{GDBN} builds an internal type, it marks it with one
2313of these types. The type may be a fundamental type, such as
2314@code{TYPE_CODE_INT}, or a derived type, such as @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}
2315which is a pointer to another type. Typically, several @code{FT_*}
2316types map to one @code{TYPE_CODE_*} type, and are distinguished by
2317other members of the type struct, such as whether the type is signed
2318or unsigned, and how many bits it uses.
c906108c 2319
56caf160 2320@unnumberedsubsec Builtin Types (e.g., @code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_char}).
c906108c
SS
2321
2322These are instances of type structs that roughly correspond to
56caf160
EZ
2323fundamental types and are created as global types for @value{GDBN} to
2324use for various ugly historical reasons. We eventually want to
2325eliminate these. Note for example that @code{builtin_type_int}
2326initialized in @file{gdbtypes.c} is basically the same as a
2327@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} type that is initialized in @file{c-lang.c} for
2328an @code{FT_INTEGER} fundamental type. The difference is that the
2329@code{builtin_type} is not associated with any particular objfile, and
2330only one instance exists, while @file{c-lang.c} builds as many
2331@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} types as needed, with each one associated with
2332some particular objfile.
c906108c
SS
2333
2334@section Object File Formats
56caf160 2335@cindex object file formats
c906108c
SS
2336
2337@subsection a.out
2338
56caf160
EZ
2339@cindex @code{a.out} format
2340The @code{a.out} format is the original file format for Unix. It
2341consists of three sections: @code{text}, @code{data}, and @code{bss},
2342which are for program code, initialized data, and uninitialized data,
2343respectively.
c906108c 2344
56caf160 2345The @code{a.out} format is so simple that it doesn't have any reserved
c906108c 2346place for debugging information. (Hey, the original Unix hackers used
56caf160
EZ
2347@samp{adb}, which is a machine-language debugger!) The only debugging
2348format for @code{a.out} is stabs, which is encoded as a set of normal
c906108c
SS
2349symbols with distinctive attributes.
2350
56caf160 2351The basic @code{a.out} reader is in @file{dbxread.c}.
c906108c
SS
2352
2353@subsection COFF
2354
56caf160 2355@cindex COFF format
c906108c
SS
2356The COFF format was introduced with System V Release 3 (SVR3) Unix.
2357COFF files may have multiple sections, each prefixed by a header. The
2358number of sections is limited.
2359
2360The COFF specification includes support for debugging. Although this
1f70da6a
SS
2361was a step forward, the debugging information was woefully limited.
2362For instance, it was not possible to represent code that came from an
2363included file. GNU's COFF-using configs often use stabs-type info,
2364encapsulated in special sections.
c906108c
SS
2365
2366The COFF reader is in @file{coffread.c}.
2367
2368@subsection ECOFF
2369
56caf160 2370@cindex ECOFF format
c906108c
SS
2371ECOFF is an extended COFF originally introduced for Mips and Alpha
2372workstations.
2373
2374The basic ECOFF reader is in @file{mipsread.c}.
2375
2376@subsection XCOFF
2377
56caf160 2378@cindex XCOFF format
c906108c
SS
2379The IBM RS/6000 running AIX uses an object file format called XCOFF.
2380The COFF sections, symbols, and line numbers are used, but debugging
56caf160
EZ
2381symbols are @code{dbx}-style stabs whose strings are located in the
2382@code{.debug} section (rather than the string table). For more
2383information, see @ref{Top,,,stabs,The Stabs Debugging Format}.
c906108c
SS
2384
2385The shared library scheme has a clean interface for figuring out what
2386shared libraries are in use, but the catch is that everything which
2387refers to addresses (symbol tables and breakpoints at least) needs to be
2388relocated for both shared libraries and the main executable. At least
2389using the standard mechanism this can only be done once the program has
2390been run (or the core file has been read).
2391
2392@subsection PE
2393
56caf160
EZ
2394@cindex PE-COFF format
2395Windows 95 and NT use the PE (@dfn{Portable Executable}) format for their
c906108c
SS
2396executables. PE is basically COFF with additional headers.
2397
25822942 2398While BFD includes special PE support, @value{GDBN} needs only the basic
c906108c
SS
2399COFF reader.
2400
2401@subsection ELF
2402
56caf160 2403@cindex ELF format
1f70da6a
SS
2404The ELF format came with System V Release 4 (SVR4) Unix. ELF is
2405similar to COFF in being organized into a number of sections, but it
2406removes many of COFF's limitations. Debugging info may be either stabs
2407encapsulated in ELF sections, or more commonly these days, DWARF.
c906108c
SS
2408
2409The basic ELF reader is in @file{elfread.c}.
2410
2411@subsection SOM
2412
56caf160 2413@cindex SOM format
c906108c
SS
2414SOM is HP's object file and debug format (not to be confused with IBM's
2415SOM, which is a cross-language ABI).
2416
1a92f856 2417The SOM reader is in @file{somread.c}.
c906108c 2418
c906108c
SS
2419@section Debugging File Formats
2420
2421This section describes characteristics of debugging information that
2422are independent of the object file format.
2423
2424@subsection stabs
2425
56caf160 2426@cindex stabs debugging info
c906108c
SS
2427@code{stabs} started out as special symbols within the @code{a.out}
2428format. Since then, it has been encapsulated into other file
2429formats, such as COFF and ELF.
2430
2431While @file{dbxread.c} does some of the basic stab processing,
2432including for encapsulated versions, @file{stabsread.c} does
2433the real work.
2434
2435@subsection COFF
2436
56caf160 2437@cindex COFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2438The basic COFF definition includes debugging information. The level
2439of support is minimal and non-extensible, and is not often used.
2440
2441@subsection Mips debug (Third Eye)
2442
56caf160 2443@cindex ECOFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2444ECOFF includes a definition of a special debug format.
2445
2446The file @file{mdebugread.c} implements reading for this format.
2447
1f70da6a
SS
2448@c mention DWARF 1 as a formerly-supported format
2449
c906108c
SS
2450@subsection DWARF 2
2451
56caf160 2452@cindex DWARF 2 debugging info
c906108c
SS
2453DWARF 2 is an improved but incompatible version of DWARF 1.
2454
2455The DWARF 2 reader is in @file{dwarf2read.c}.
2456
31fffb02
CS
2457@subsection Compressed DWARF 2
2458
2459@cindex Compressed DWARF 2 debugging info
2460Compressed DWARF 2 is not technically a separate debugging format, but
2461merely DWARF 2 debug information that has been compressed. In this
2462format, every object-file section holding DWARF 2 debugging
2463information is compressed and prepended with a header. (The section
2464is also typically renamed, so a section called @code{.debug_info} in a
2465DWARF 2 binary would be called @code{.zdebug_info} in a compressed
2466DWARF 2 binary.) The header is 12 bytes long:
2467
2468@itemize @bullet
2469@item
24704 bytes: the literal string ``ZLIB''
2471@item
24728 bytes: the uncompressed size of the section, in big-endian byte
2473order.
2474@end itemize
2475
2476The same reader is used for both compressed an normal DWARF 2 info.
2477Section decompression is done in @code{zlib_decompress_section} in
2478@file{dwarf2read.c}.
2479
1f70da6a
SS
2480@subsection DWARF 3
2481
2482@cindex DWARF 3 debugging info
2483DWARF 3 is an improved version of DWARF 2.
2484
c906108c
SS
2485@subsection SOM
2486
56caf160 2487@cindex SOM debugging info
c906108c
SS
2488Like COFF, the SOM definition includes debugging information.
2489
25822942 2490@section Adding a New Symbol Reader to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2491
56caf160
EZ
2492@cindex adding debugging info reader
2493If you are using an existing object file format (@code{a.out}, COFF, ELF, etc),
c906108c
SS
2494there is probably little to be done.
2495
2496If you need to add a new object file format, you must first add it to
2497BFD. This is beyond the scope of this document.
2498
2499You must then arrange for the BFD code to provide access to the
1f70da6a
SS
2500debugging symbols. Generally @value{GDBN} will have to call swapping
2501routines from BFD and a few other BFD internal routines to locate the
2502debugging information. As much as possible, @value{GDBN} should not
2503depend on the BFD internal data structures.
c906108c
SS
2504
2505For some targets (e.g., COFF), there is a special transfer vector used
2506to call swapping routines, since the external data structures on various
2507platforms have different sizes and layouts. Specialized routines that
2508will only ever be implemented by one object file format may be called
2509directly. This interface should be described in a file
56caf160 2510@file{bfd/lib@var{xyz}.h}, which is included by @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 2511
c91d38aa
DJ
2512@section Memory Management for Symbol Files
2513
2514Most memory associated with a loaded symbol file is stored on
2515its @code{objfile_obstack}. This includes symbols, types,
2516namespace data, and other information produced by the symbol readers.
2517
2518Because this data lives on the objfile's obstack, it is automatically
2519released when the objfile is unloaded or reloaded. Therefore one
2520objfile must not reference symbol or type data from another objfile;
2521they could be unloaded at different times.
2522
2523User convenience variables, et cetera, have associated types. Normally
2524these types live in the associated objfile. However, when the objfile
2525is unloaded, those types are deep copied to global memory, so that
2526the values of the user variables and history items are not lost.
2527
c906108c
SS
2528
2529@node Language Support
2530
2531@chapter Language Support
2532
56caf160
EZ
2533@cindex language support
2534@value{GDBN}'s language support is mainly driven by the symbol reader,
2535although it is possible for the user to set the source language
2536manually.
c906108c 2537
56caf160
EZ
2538@value{GDBN} chooses the source language by looking at the extension
2539of the file recorded in the debug info; @file{.c} means C, @file{.f}
2540means Fortran, etc. It may also use a special-purpose language
2541identifier if the debug format supports it, like with DWARF.
c906108c 2542
25822942 2543@section Adding a Source Language to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2544
56caf160
EZ
2545@cindex adding source language
2546To add other languages to @value{GDBN}'s expression parser, follow the
2547following steps:
c906108c
SS
2548
2549@table @emph
2550@item Create the expression parser.
2551
56caf160 2552@cindex expression parser
c906108c 2553This should reside in a file @file{@var{lang}-exp.y}. Routines for
56caf160 2554building parsed expressions into a @code{union exp_element} list are in
c906108c
SS
2555@file{parse.c}.
2556
56caf160 2557@cindex language parser
c906108c
SS
2558Since we can't depend upon everyone having Bison, and YACC produces
2559parsers that define a bunch of global names, the following lines
56caf160 2560@strong{must} be included at the top of the YACC parser, to prevent the
c906108c
SS
2561various parsers from defining the same global names:
2562
474c8240 2563@smallexample
56caf160
EZ
2564#define yyparse @var{lang}_parse
2565#define yylex @var{lang}_lex
2566#define yyerror @var{lang}_error
2567#define yylval @var{lang}_lval
2568#define yychar @var{lang}_char
2569#define yydebug @var{lang}_debug
2570#define yypact @var{lang}_pact
2571#define yyr1 @var{lang}_r1
2572#define yyr2 @var{lang}_r2
2573#define yydef @var{lang}_def
2574#define yychk @var{lang}_chk
2575#define yypgo @var{lang}_pgo
2576#define yyact @var{lang}_act
2577#define yyexca @var{lang}_exca
2578#define yyerrflag @var{lang}_errflag
2579#define yynerrs @var{lang}_nerrs
474c8240 2580@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
2581
2582At the bottom of your parser, define a @code{struct language_defn} and
2583initialize it with the right values for your language. Define an
2584@code{initialize_@var{lang}} routine and have it call
25822942 2585@samp{add_language(@var{lang}_language_defn)} to tell the rest of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
2586that your language exists. You'll need some other supporting variables
2587and functions, which will be used via pointers from your
2588@code{@var{lang}_language_defn}. See the declaration of @code{struct
2589language_defn} in @file{language.h}, and the other @file{*-exp.y} files,
2590for more information.
2591
2592@item Add any evaluation routines, if necessary
2593
56caf160
EZ
2594@cindex expression evaluation routines
2595@findex evaluate_subexp
2596@findex prefixify_subexp
2597@findex length_of_subexp
c906108c
SS
2598If you need new opcodes (that represent the operations of the language),
2599add them to the enumerated type in @file{expression.h}. Add support
56caf160
EZ
2600code for these operations in the @code{evaluate_subexp} function
2601defined in the file @file{eval.c}. Add cases
c906108c 2602for new opcodes in two functions from @file{parse.c}:
56caf160 2603@code{prefixify_subexp} and @code{length_of_subexp}. These compute
c906108c
SS
2604the number of @code{exp_element}s that a given operation takes up.
2605
2606@item Update some existing code
2607
2608Add an enumerated identifier for your language to the enumerated type
2609@code{enum language} in @file{defs.h}.
2610
2611Update the routines in @file{language.c} so your language is included.
2612These routines include type predicates and such, which (in some cases)
2613are language dependent. If your language does not appear in the switch
2614statement, an error is reported.
2615
56caf160 2616@vindex current_language
c906108c
SS
2617Also included in @file{language.c} is the code that updates the variable
2618@code{current_language}, and the routines that translate the
2619@code{language_@var{lang}} enumerated identifier into a printable
2620string.
2621
56caf160 2622@findex _initialize_language
c906108c
SS
2623Update the function @code{_initialize_language} to include your
2624language. This function picks the default language upon startup, so is
25822942 2625dependent upon which languages that @value{GDBN} is built for.
c906108c 2626
56caf160 2627@findex allocate_symtab
c906108c
SS
2628Update @code{allocate_symtab} in @file{symfile.c} and/or symbol-reading
2629code so that the language of each symtab (source file) is set properly.
2630This is used to determine the language to use at each stack frame level.
2631Currently, the language is set based upon the extension of the source
2632file. If the language can be better inferred from the symbol
2633information, please set the language of the symtab in the symbol-reading
2634code.
2635
56caf160
EZ
2636@findex print_subexp
2637@findex op_print_tab
2638Add helper code to @code{print_subexp} (in @file{expprint.c}) to handle any new
c906108c
SS
2639expression opcodes you have added to @file{expression.h}. Also, add the
2640printed representations of your operators to @code{op_print_tab}.
2641
2642@item Add a place of call
2643
56caf160 2644@findex parse_exp_1
c906108c 2645Add a call to @code{@var{lang}_parse()} and @code{@var{lang}_error} in
56caf160 2646@code{parse_exp_1} (defined in @file{parse.c}).
c906108c 2647
c906108c
SS
2648@item Edit @file{Makefile.in}
2649
2650Add dependencies in @file{Makefile.in}. Make sure you update the macro
2651variables such as @code{HFILES} and @code{OBJS}, otherwise your code may
2652not get linked in, or, worse yet, it may not get @code{tar}red into the
2653distribution!
c906108c
SS
2654@end table
2655
2656
2657@node Host Definition
2658
2659@chapter Host Definition
2660
56caf160 2661With the advent of Autoconf, it's rarely necessary to have host
7fd60527
AC
2662definition machinery anymore. The following information is provided,
2663mainly, as an historical reference.
c906108c
SS
2664
2665@section Adding a New Host
2666
56caf160
EZ
2667@cindex adding a new host
2668@cindex host, adding
7fd60527
AC
2669@value{GDBN}'s host configuration support normally happens via Autoconf.
2670New host-specific definitions should not be needed. Older hosts
2671@value{GDBN} still use the host-specific definitions and files listed
2672below, but these mostly exist for historical reasons, and will
56caf160 2673eventually disappear.
c906108c 2674
c906108c 2675@table @file
c906108c 2676@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
1f70da6a
SS
2677This file is a Makefile fragment that once contained both host and
2678native configuration information (@pxref{Native Debugging}) for the
2679machine @var{xyz}. The host configuration information is now handled
2680by Autoconf.
7fd60527 2681
1f70da6a 2682Host configuration information included definitions for @code{CC},
7708fa01
AC
2683@code{SYSV_DEFINE}, @code{XM_CFLAGS}, @code{XM_ADD_FILES},
2684@code{XM_CLIBS}, @code{XM_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 2685
1f70da6a 2686New host-only configurations do not need this file.
c906108c 2687
c906108c
SS
2688@end table
2689
1f70da6a
SS
2690(Files named @file{gdb/config/@var{arch}/xm-@var{xyz}.h} were once
2691used to define host-specific macros, but were no longer needed and
2692have all been removed.)
2693
c906108c
SS
2694@subheading Generic Host Support Files
2695
56caf160 2696@cindex generic host support
c906108c 2697There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
1f70da6a 2698various systems.
c906108c
SS
2699
2700@table @file
56caf160
EZ
2701@cindex remote debugging support
2702@cindex serial line support
c906108c 2703@item ser-unix.c
1f70da6a
SS
2704This contains serial line support for Unix systems. It is included by
2705default on all Unix-like hosts.
2706
2707@item ser-pipe.c
2708This contains serial pipe support for Unix systems. It is included by
2709default on all Unix-like hosts.
2710
2711@item ser-mingw.c
2712This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under
2713Windows using MinGW.
c906108c
SS
2714
2715@item ser-go32.c
2716This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under DOS,
56caf160 2717using the DJGPP (a.k.a.@: GO32) execution environment.
c906108c 2718
56caf160 2719@cindex TCP remote support
c906108c 2720@item ser-tcp.c
1f70da6a
SS
2721This contains generic TCP support using sockets. It is included by
2722default on all Unix-like hosts and with MinGW.
c906108c
SS
2723@end table
2724
2725@section Host Conditionals
2726
56caf160
EZ
2727When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
2728defined or left undefined, to control compilation based on the
1f70da6a
SS
2729attributes of the host system. While formerly they could be set in
2730host-specific header files, at present they can be changed only by
2731setting @code{CFLAGS} when building, or by editing the source code.
2732
2733These macros and their meanings (or if the meaning is not documented
2734here, then one of the source files where they are used is indicated)
2735are:
c906108c 2736
56caf160 2737@ftable @code
25822942 2738@item @value{GDBN}INIT_FILENAME
56caf160
EZ
2739The default name of @value{GDBN}'s initialization file (normally
2740@file{.gdbinit}).
c906108c 2741
c906108c
SS
2742@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER
2743If your host defines @code{SIGWINCH}, you can define this to be the name
2744of a function to be called if @code{SIGWINCH} is received.
2745
2746@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER_BODY
2747Define this to expand into code that will define the function named by
2748the expansion of @code{SIGWINCH_HANDLER}.
2749
c906108c 2750@item CRLF_SOURCE_FILES
56caf160 2751@cindex DOS text files
c906108c
SS
2752Define this if host files use @code{\r\n} rather than @code{\n} as a
2753line terminator. This will cause source file listings to omit @code{\r}
56caf160
EZ
2754characters when printing and it will allow @code{\r\n} line endings of files
2755which are ``sourced'' by gdb. It must be possible to open files in binary
c906108c
SS
2756mode using @code{O_BINARY} or, for fopen, @code{"rb"}.
2757
2758@item DEFAULT_PROMPT
56caf160 2759@cindex prompt
c906108c
SS
2760The default value of the prompt string (normally @code{"(gdb) "}).
2761
2762@item DEV_TTY
56caf160 2763@cindex terminal device
c906108c
SS
2764The name of the generic TTY device, defaults to @code{"/dev/tty"}.
2765
c906108c
SS
2766@item ISATTY
2767Substitute for isatty, if not available.
2768
1f70da6a
SS
2769@item FOPEN_RB
2770Define this if binary files are opened the same way as text files.
c906108c
SS
2771
2772@item CC_HAS_LONG_LONG
56caf160
EZ
2773@cindex @code{long long} data type
2774Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long long}. This is set
2775by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2776
2777@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_LONG
2778Define this if the host can handle printing of long long integers via
56caf160
EZ
2779the printf format conversion specifier @code{ll}. This is set by the
2780@code{configure} script.
c906108c 2781
c906108c
SS
2782@item LSEEK_NOT_LINEAR
2783Define this if @code{lseek (n)} does not necessarily move to byte number
2784@code{n} in the file. This is only used when reading source files. It
2785is normally faster to define @code{CRLF_SOURCE_FILES} when possible.
2786
c906108c 2787@item lint
56caf160 2788Define this to help placate @code{lint} in some situations.
c906108c
SS
2789
2790@item volatile
2791Define this to override the defaults of @code{__volatile__} or
2792@code{/**/}.
56caf160 2793@end ftable
c906108c
SS
2794
2795
2796@node Target Architecture Definition
2797
2798@chapter Target Architecture Definition
2799
56caf160
EZ
2800@cindex target architecture definition
2801@value{GDBN}'s target architecture defines what sort of
2802machine-language programs @value{GDBN} can work with, and how it works
2803with them.
c906108c 2804
af6c57ea
AC
2805The target architecture object is implemented as the C structure
2806@code{struct gdbarch *}. The structure, and its methods, are generated
93c2c750 2807using the Bourne shell script @file{gdbarch.sh}.
c906108c 2808
b6fd0dfb
NR
2809@menu
2810* OS ABI Variant Handling::
2811* Initialize New Architecture::
2812* Registers and Memory::
2813* Pointers and Addresses::
2814* Address Classes::
587afa38 2815* Register Representation::
b6fd0dfb
NR
2816* Frame Interpretation::
2817* Inferior Call Setup::
b39f4988 2818* Adding support for debugging core files::
587afa38 2819* Defining Other Architecture Features::
b6fd0dfb 2820* Adding a New Target::
b6fd0dfb
NR
2821@end menu
2822
2823@node OS ABI Variant Handling
70f80edf
JT
2824@section Operating System ABI Variant Handling
2825@cindex OS ABI variants
2826
2827@value{GDBN} provides a mechanism for handling variations in OS
2828ABIs. An OS ABI variant may have influence over any number of
2829variables in the target architecture definition. There are two major
2830components in the OS ABI mechanism: sniffers and handlers.
2831
2832A @dfn{sniffer} examines a file matching a BFD architecture/flavour pair
2833(the architecture may be wildcarded) in an attempt to determine the
2834OS ABI of that file. Sniffers with a wildcarded architecture are considered
2835to be @dfn{generic}, while sniffers for a specific architecture are
2836considered to be @dfn{specific}. A match from a specific sniffer
2837overrides a match from a generic sniffer. Multiple sniffers for an
2838architecture/flavour may exist, in order to differentiate between two
2839different operating systems which use the same basic file format. The
2840OS ABI framework provides a generic sniffer for ELF-format files which
2841examines the @code{EI_OSABI} field of the ELF header, as well as note
2842sections known to be used by several operating systems.
2843
2844@cindex fine-tuning @code{gdbarch} structure
2845A @dfn{handler} is used to fine-tune the @code{gdbarch} structure for the
2846selected OS ABI. There may be only one handler for a given OS ABI
2847for each BFD architecture.
2848
f4b3909f 2849The following OS ABI variants are defined in @file{defs.h}:
70f80edf
JT
2850
2851@table @code
2852
f4b3909f
EZ
2853@findex GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2854@item GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2855Used for struct gdbarch_info if ABI is still uninitialized.
2856
70f80edf
JT
2857@findex GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2858@item GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2859The ABI of the inferior is unknown. The default @code{gdbarch}
2860settings for the architecture will be used.
2861
2862@findex GDB_OSABI_SVR4
2863@item GDB_OSABI_SVR4
f4b3909f 2864UNIX System V Release 4.
70f80edf
JT
2865
2866@findex GDB_OSABI_HURD
2867@item GDB_OSABI_HURD
f4b3909f 2868GNU using the Hurd kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2869
2870@findex GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
2871@item GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
f4b3909f 2872Sun Solaris.
70f80edf
JT
2873
2874@findex GDB_OSABI_OSF1
2875@item GDB_OSABI_OSF1
f4b3909f 2876OSF/1, including Digital UNIX and Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
70f80edf
JT
2877
2878@findex GDB_OSABI_LINUX
2879@item GDB_OSABI_LINUX
f4b3909f 2880GNU using the Linux kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2881
2882@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
2883@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2884FreeBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2885
2886@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
2887@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
f4b3909f 2888FreeBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2889
2890@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
2891@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2892NetBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2893
2894@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
2895@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
f4b3909f
EZ
2896NetBSD using the ELF executable format.
2897
2898@findex GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2899@item GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2900OpenBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2901
2902@findex GDB_OSABI_WINCE
2903@item GDB_OSABI_WINCE
f4b3909f 2904Windows CE.
70f80edf 2905
1029b7fa
MK
2906@findex GDB_OSABI_GO32
2907@item GDB_OSABI_GO32
f4b3909f 2908DJGPP.
1029b7fa 2909
f4b3909f
EZ
2910@findex GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2911@item GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2912Irix.
2913
f4b3909f
EZ
2914@findex GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2915@item GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2916Interix (Posix layer for MS-Windows systems).
1029b7fa 2917
f4b3909f
EZ
2918@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2919@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2920HP/UX using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf 2921
f4b3909f
EZ
2922@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2923@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2924HP/UX using the SOM executable format.
70f80edf 2925
f4b3909f
EZ
2926@findex GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2927@item GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2928QNX Neutrino.
2929
2930@findex GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2931@item GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2932Cygwin.
2933
2934@findex GDB_OSABI_AIX
2935@item GDB_OSABI_AIX
2936AIX.
70f80edf
JT
2937
2938@end table
2939
2940Here are the functions that make up the OS ABI framework:
2941
587afa38 2942@deftypefun {const char *} gdbarch_osabi_name (enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
70f80edf
JT
2943Return the name of the OS ABI corresponding to @var{osabi}.
2944@end deftypefun
2945
c133ab7a 2946@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, unsigned long @var{machine}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi}, void (*@var{init_osabi})(struct gdbarch_info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}))
70f80edf 2947Register the OS ABI handler specified by @var{init_osabi} for the
c133ab7a
MK
2948architecture, machine type and OS ABI specified by @var{arch},
2949@var{machine} and @var{osabi}. In most cases, a value of zero for the
2950machine type, which implies the architecture's default machine type,
2951will suffice.
70f80edf
JT
2952@end deftypefun
2953
2954@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi_sniffer (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, enum bfd_flavour @var{flavour}, enum gdb_osabi (*@var{sniffer})(bfd *@var{abfd}))
2955Register the OS ABI file sniffer specified by @var{sniffer} for the
2956BFD architecture/flavour pair specified by @var{arch} and @var{flavour}.
2957If @var{arch} is @code{bfd_arch_unknown}, the sniffer is considered to
2958be generic, and is allowed to examine @var{flavour}-flavoured files for
2959any architecture.
2960@end deftypefun
2961
587afa38 2962@deftypefun {enum gdb_osabi} gdbarch_lookup_osabi (bfd *@var{abfd})
70f80edf
JT
2963Examine the file described by @var{abfd} to determine its OS ABI.
2964The value @code{GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN} is returned if the OS ABI cannot
2965be determined.
2966@end deftypefun
2967
2968@deftypefun void gdbarch_init_osabi (struct gdbarch info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2969Invoke the OS ABI handler corresponding to @var{osabi} to fine-tune the
2970@code{gdbarch} structure specified by @var{gdbarch}. If a handler
2971corresponding to @var{osabi} has not been registered for @var{gdbarch}'s
2972architecture, a warning will be issued and the debugging session will continue
2973with the defaults already established for @var{gdbarch}.
2974@end deftypefun
2975
f4b3909f
EZ
2976@deftypefun void generic_elf_osabi_sniff_abi_tag_sections (bfd *@var{abfd}, asection *@var{sect}, void *@var{obj})
2977Helper routine for ELF file sniffers. Examine the file described by
2978@var{abfd} and look at ABI tag note sections to determine the OS ABI
2979from the note. This function should be called via
2980@code{bfd_map_over_sections}.
2981@end deftypefun
2982
b6fd0dfb 2983@node Initialize New Architecture
7a107747
DJ
2984@section Initializing a New Architecture
2985
587afa38
EZ
2986@menu
2987* How an Architecture is Represented::
2988* Looking Up an Existing Architecture::
2989* Creating a New Architecture::
2990@end menu
2991
2992@node How an Architecture is Represented
2993@subsection How an Architecture is Represented
2994@cindex architecture representation
2995@cindex representation of architecture
2996
7a107747 2997Each @code{gdbarch} is associated with a single @sc{bfd} architecture,
587afa38
EZ
2998via a @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}} in the @code{bfd_architecture}
2999enumeration. The @code{gdbarch} is registered by a call to
3000@code{register_gdbarch_init}, usually from the file's
3001@code{_initialize_@var{filename}} routine, which will be automatically
3002called during @value{GDBN} startup. The arguments are a @sc{bfd}
3003architecture constant and an initialization function.
3004
3005@findex _initialize_@var{arch}_tdep
3006@cindex @file{@var{arch}-tdep.c}
3007A @value{GDBN} description for a new architecture, @var{arch} is created by
3008defining a global function @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep}, by
3009convention in the source file @file{@var{arch}-tdep.c}. For example,
3010in the case of the OpenRISC 1000, this function is called
3011@code{_initialize_or1k_tdep} and is found in the file
3012@file{or1k-tdep.c}.
3013
3014@cindex @file{configure.tgt}
3015@cindex @code{gdbarch}
3016@findex gdbarch_register
3017The resulting object files containing the implementation of the
3018@code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} function are specified in the @value{GDBN}
3019@file{configure.tgt} file, which includes a large case statement
3020pattern matching against the @code{--target} option of the
3021@code{configure} script. The new @code{struct gdbarch} is created
3022within the @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} function by calling
3023@code{gdbarch_register}:
3024
3025@smallexample
3026void gdbarch_register (enum bfd_architecture @var{architecture},
3027 gdbarch_init_ftype *@var{init_func},
3028 gdbarch_dump_tdep_ftype *@var{tdep_dump_func});
3029@end smallexample
3030
3031The @var{architecture} will identify the unique @sc{bfd} to be
3032associated with this @code{gdbarch}. The @var{init_func} funciton is
3033called to create and return the new @code{struct gdbarch}. The
3034@var{tdep_dump_func} function will dump the target specific details
3035associated with this architecture.
3036
3037For example the function @code{_initialize_or1k_tdep} creates its
3038architecture for 32-bit OpenRISC 1000 architectures by calling:
3039
3040@smallexample
3041gdbarch_register (bfd_arch_or32, or1k_gdbarch_init, or1k_dump_tdep);
3042@end smallexample
3043
3044@node Looking Up an Existing Architecture
3045@subsection Looking Up an Existing Architecture
3046@cindex @code{gdbarch} lookup
7a107747 3047
587afa38 3048The initialization function has this prototype:
7a107747
DJ
3049
3050@smallexample
3051static struct gdbarch *
3052@var{arch}_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info @var{info},
3053 struct gdbarch_list *@var{arches})
3054@end smallexample
3055
3056The @var{info} argument contains parameters used to select the correct
3057architecture, and @var{arches} is a list of architectures which
3058have already been created with the same @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}}
3059value.
3060
3061The initialization function should first make sure that @var{info}
3062is acceptable, and return @code{NULL} if it is not. Then, it should
3063search through @var{arches} for an exact match to @var{info}, and
3064return one if found. Lastly, if no exact match was found, it should
3065create a new architecture based on @var{info} and return it.
3066
587afa38
EZ
3067@findex gdbarch_list_lookup_by_info
3068@cindex @code{gdbarch_info}
3069The lookup is done using @code{gdbarch_list_lookup_by_info}. It is
3070passed the list of existing architectures, @var{arches}, and the
3071@code{struct gdbarch_info}, @var{info}, and returns the first matching
3072architecture it finds, or @code{NULL} if none are found. If an
3073architecture is found it can be returned as the result from the
3074initialization function, otherwise a new @code{struct gdbach} will need
3075to be created.
3076
3077The struct gdbarch_info has the following components:
3078
3079@smallexample
3080struct gdbarch_info
3081@{
3082 const struct bfd_arch_info *bfd_arch_info;
3083 int byte_order;
3084 bfd *abfd;
3085 struct gdbarch_tdep_info *tdep_info;
3086 enum gdb_osabi osabi;
3087 const struct target_desc *target_desc;
3088@};
3089@end smallexample
3090
3091@vindex bfd_arch_info
3092The @code{bfd_arch_info} member holds the key details about the
3093architecture. The @code{byte_order} member is a value in an
3094enumeration indicating the endianism. The @code{abfd} member is a
3095pointer to the full @sc{bfd}, the @code{tdep_info} member is
3096additional custom target specific information, @code{osabi} identifies
3097which (if any) of a number of operating specific ABIs are used by this
3098architecture and the @code{target_desc} member is a set of name-value
3099pairs with information about register usage in this target.
3100
3101When the @code{struct gdbarch} initialization function is called, not
3102all the fields are provided---only those which can be deduced from the
3103@sc{bfd}. The @code{struct gdbarch_info}, @var{info} is used as a
3104look-up key with the list of existing architectures, @var{arches} to
3105see if a suitable architecture already exists. The @var{tdep_info},
3106@var{osabi} and @var{target_desc} fields may be added before this
3107lookup to refine the search.
3108
7a107747
DJ
3109Only information in @var{info} should be used to choose the new
3110architecture. Historically, @var{info} could be sparse, and
3111defaults would be collected from the first element on @var{arches}.
3112However, @value{GDBN} now fills in @var{info} more thoroughly,
3113so new @code{gdbarch} initialization functions should not take
3114defaults from @var{arches}.
3115
587afa38
EZ
3116@node Creating a New Architecture
3117@subsection Creating a New Architecture
3118@cindex @code{struct gdbarch} creation
3119
3120@findex gdbarch_alloc
3121@cindex @code{gdbarch_tdep} when allocating new @code{gdbarch}
3122If no architecture is found, then a new architecture must be created,
3123by calling @code{gdbarch_alloc} using the supplied @code{@w{struct
3124gdbarch_info}} and any additional custom target specific
3125information in a @code{struct gdbarch_tdep}. The prototype for
3126@code{gdbarch_alloc} is:
3127
3128@smallexample
3129struct gdbarch *gdbarch_alloc (const struct gdbarch_info *@var{info},
3130 struct gdbarch_tdep *@var{tdep});
3131@end smallexample
3132
3133@cindex @code{set_gdbarch} functions
3134@cindex @code{gdbarch} accessor functions
3135The newly created struct gdbarch must then be populated. Although
3136there are default values, in most cases they are not what is
3137required.
3138
3139For each element, @var{X}, there is are a pair of corresponding accessor
3140functions, one to set the value of that element,
3141@code{set_gdbarch_@var{X}}, the second to either get the value of an
3142element (if it is a variable) or to apply the element (if it is a
3143function), @code{gdbarch_@var{X}}. Note that both accessor functions
3144take a pointer to the @code{@w{struct gdbarch}} as first
3145argument. Populating the new @code{gdbarch} should use the
3146@code{set_gdbarch} functions.
3147
3148The following sections identify the main elements that should be set
3149in this way. This is not the complete list, but represents the
3150functions and elements that must commonly be specified for a new
3151architecture. Many of the functions and variables are described in the
3152header file @file{gdbarch.h}.
3153
3154This is the main work in defining a new architecture. Implementing the
3155set of functions to populate the @code{struct gdbarch}.
3156
3157@cindex @code{gdbarch_tdep} definition
3158@code{struct gdbarch_tdep} is not defined within @value{GDBN}---it is up
3159to the user to define this struct if it is needed to hold custom target
3160information that is not covered by the standard @code{@w{struct
3161gdbarch}}. For example with the OpenRISC 1000 architecture it is used to
3162hold the number of matchpoints available in the target (along with other
3163information).
3164
3165If there is no additional target specific information, it can be set to
3166@code{NULL}.
3167
b6fd0dfb 3168@node Registers and Memory
c906108c
SS
3169@section Registers and Memory
3170
56caf160
EZ
3171@value{GDBN}'s model of the target machine is rather simple.
3172@value{GDBN} assumes the machine includes a bank of registers and a
3173block of memory. Each register may have a different size.
c906108c 3174
56caf160
EZ
3175@value{GDBN} does not have a magical way to match up with the
3176compiler's idea of which registers are which; however, it is critical
3177that they do match up accurately. The only way to make this work is
3178to get accurate information about the order that the compiler uses,
4a9bb1df 3179and to reflect that in the @code{gdbarch_register_name} and related functions.
c906108c 3180
25822942 3181@value{GDBN} can handle big-endian, little-endian, and bi-endian architectures.
c906108c 3182
b6fd0dfb 3183@node Pointers and Addresses
93e79dbd
JB
3184@section Pointers Are Not Always Addresses
3185@cindex pointer representation
3186@cindex address representation
3187@cindex word-addressed machines
3188@cindex separate data and code address spaces
3189@cindex spaces, separate data and code address
3190@cindex address spaces, separate data and code
3191@cindex code pointers, word-addressed
3192@cindex converting between pointers and addresses
3193@cindex D10V addresses
3194
3195On almost all 32-bit architectures, the representation of a pointer is
3196indistinguishable from the representation of some fixed-length number
3197whose value is the byte address of the object pointed to. On such
56caf160 3198machines, the words ``pointer'' and ``address'' can be used interchangeably.
93e79dbd
JB
3199However, architectures with smaller word sizes are often cramped for
3200address space, so they may choose a pointer representation that breaks this
3201identity, and allows a larger code address space.
3202
1f70da6a
SS
3203@c D10V is gone from sources - more current example?
3204
172c2a43 3205For example, the Renesas D10V is a 16-bit VLIW processor whose
93e79dbd
JB
3206instructions are 32 bits long@footnote{Some D10V instructions are
3207actually pairs of 16-bit sub-instructions. However, since you can't
3208jump into the middle of such a pair, code addresses can only refer to
3209full 32 bit instructions, which is what matters in this explanation.}.
3210If the D10V used ordinary byte addresses to refer to code locations,
3211then the processor would only be able to address 64kb of instructions.
3212However, since instructions must be aligned on four-byte boundaries, the
56caf160
EZ
3213low two bits of any valid instruction's byte address are always
3214zero---byte addresses waste two bits. So instead of byte addresses,
3215the D10V uses word addresses---byte addresses shifted right two bits---to
93e79dbd
JB
3216refer to code. Thus, the D10V can use 16-bit words to address 256kb of
3217code space.
3218
3219However, this means that code pointers and data pointers have different
3220forms on the D10V. The 16-bit word @code{0xC020} refers to byte address
3221@code{0xC020} when used as a data address, but refers to byte address
3222@code{0x30080} when used as a code address.
3223
3224(The D10V also uses separate code and data address spaces, which also
3225affects the correspondence between pointers and addresses, but we're
3226going to ignore that here; this example is already too long.)
3227
56caf160
EZ
3228To cope with architectures like this---the D10V is not the only
3229one!---@value{GDBN} tries to distinguish between @dfn{addresses}, which are
93e79dbd
JB
3230byte numbers, and @dfn{pointers}, which are the target's representation
3231of an address of a particular type of data. In the example above,
3232@code{0xC020} is the pointer, which refers to one of the addresses
3233@code{0xC020} or @code{0x30080}, depending on the type imposed upon it.
3234@value{GDBN} provides functions for turning a pointer into an address
3235and vice versa, in the appropriate way for the current architecture.
3236
3237Unfortunately, since addresses and pointers are identical on almost all
3238processors, this distinction tends to bit-rot pretty quickly. Thus,
3239each time you port @value{GDBN} to an architecture which does
3240distinguish between pointers and addresses, you'll probably need to
3241clean up some architecture-independent code.
3242
3243Here are functions which convert between pointers and addresses:
3244
3245@deftypefun CORE_ADDR extract_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type})
3246Treat the bytes at @var{buf} as a pointer or reference of type
3247@var{type}, and return the address it represents, in a manner
3248appropriate for the current architecture. This yields an address
3249@value{GDBN} can use to read target memory, disassemble, etc. Note that
3250@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
3251inferior's.
3252
3253For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
3254extracts a little-endian integer of the appropriate length from
3255@var{buf} and returns it. However, if the current architecture is the
3256D10V, this function will return a 16-bit integer extracted from
3257@var{buf}, multiplied by four if @var{type} is a pointer to a function.
3258
3259If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
3260will signal an internal error.
3261@end deftypefun
3262
3263@deftypefun CORE_ADDR store_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
3264Store the address @var{addr} in @var{buf}, in the proper format for a
3265pointer of type @var{type} in the current architecture. Note that
3266@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
3267inferior's.
3268
3269For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
3270stores @var{addr} unmodified as a little-endian integer of the
3271appropriate length in @var{buf}. However, if the current architecture
3272is the D10V, this function divides @var{addr} by four if @var{type} is
3273a pointer to a function, and then stores it in @var{buf}.
3274
3275If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
3276will signal an internal error.
3277@end deftypefun
3278
f23631e4 3279@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_as_address (struct value *@var{val})
93e79dbd
JB
3280Assuming that @var{val} is a pointer, return the address it represents,
3281as appropriate for the current architecture.
3282
3283This function actually works on integral values, as well as pointers.
3284For pointers, it performs architecture-specific conversions as
3285described above for @code{extract_typed_address}.
3286@end deftypefun
3287
3288@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_from_pointer (struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
3289Create and return a value representing a pointer of type @var{type} to
3290the address @var{addr}, as appropriate for the current architecture.
3291This function performs architecture-specific conversions as described
3292above for @code{store_typed_address}.
3293@end deftypefun
3294
4a9bb1df 3295Here are two functions which architectures can define to indicate the
93e79dbd
JB
3296relationship between pointers and addresses. These have default
3297definitions, appropriate for architectures on which all pointers are
fc0c74b1 3298simple unsigned byte addresses.
93e79dbd 3299
473f94e6 3300@deftypefun CORE_ADDR gdbarch_pointer_to_address (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
93e79dbd
JB
3301Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
3302appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
3303address the pointer refers to.
3304
3305This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3306C@t{++} reference type.
4a9bb1df 3307@end deftypefun
93e79dbd 3308
473f94e6 3309@deftypefun void gdbarch_address_to_pointer (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
93e79dbd
JB
3310Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
3311@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
3312
3313This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3314C@t{++} reference type.
4a9bb1df 3315@end deftypefun
93e79dbd 3316
b6fd0dfb 3317@node Address Classes
b5b0480a
KB
3318@section Address Classes
3319@cindex address classes
3320@cindex DW_AT_byte_size
3321@cindex DW_AT_address_class
3322
3323Sometimes information about different kinds of addresses is available
3324via the debug information. For example, some programming environments
3325define addresses of several different sizes. If the debug information
3326distinguishes these kinds of address classes through either the size
3327info (e.g, @code{DW_AT_byte_size} in @w{DWARF 2}) or through an explicit
3328address class attribute (e.g, @code{DW_AT_address_class} in @w{DWARF 2}), the
3329following macros should be defined in order to disambiguate these
3330types within @value{GDBN} as well as provide the added information to
3331a @value{GDBN} user when printing type expressions.
3332
473f94e6 3333@deftypefun int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{byte_size}, int @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
b5b0480a
KB
3334Returns the type flags needed to construct a pointer type whose size
3335is @var{byte_size} and whose address class is @var{dwarf2_addr_class}.
3336This function is normally called from within a symbol reader. See
3337@file{dwarf2read.c}.
4a9bb1df 3338@end deftypefun
b5b0480a 3339
473f94e6 3340@deftypefun {char *} gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{type_flags})
b5b0480a
KB
3341Given the type flags representing an address class qualifier, return
3342its name.
4a9bb1df 3343@end deftypefun
473f94e6 3344@deftypefun int gdbarch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{name}, int *@var{type_flags_ptr})
d3e8051b 3345Given an address qualifier name, set the @code{int} referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the type flags
b5b0480a 3346for that address class qualifier.
4a9bb1df 3347@end deftypefun
b5b0480a
KB
3348
3349Since the need for address classes is rather rare, none of
4a9bb1df
UW
3350the address class functions are defined by default. Predicate
3351functions are provided to detect when they are defined.
b5b0480a
KB
3352
3353Consider a hypothetical architecture in which addresses are normally
335432-bits wide, but 16-bit addresses are also supported. Furthermore,
3355suppose that the @w{DWARF 2} information for this architecture simply
3356uses a @code{DW_AT_byte_size} value of 2 to indicate the use of one
3357of these "short" pointers. The following functions could be defined
4a9bb1df 3358to implement the address class functions:
b5b0480a
KB
3359
3360@smallexample
3361somearch_address_class_type_flags (int byte_size,
3362 int dwarf2_addr_class)
f2abfe65 3363@{
b5b0480a
KB
3364 if (byte_size == 2)
3365 return TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
3366 else
3367 return 0;
f2abfe65 3368@}
b5b0480a
KB
3369
3370static char *
3371somearch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (int type_flags)
f2abfe65 3372@{
b5b0480a
KB
3373 if (type_flags & TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1)
3374 return "short";
3375 else
3376 return NULL;
f2abfe65 3377@}
b5b0480a
KB
3378
3379int
3380somearch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (char *name,
3381 int *type_flags_ptr)
f2abfe65 3382@{
b5b0480a 3383 if (strcmp (name, "short") == 0)
f2abfe65 3384 @{
b5b0480a
KB
3385 *type_flags_ptr = TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
3386 return 1;
f2abfe65 3387 @}
b5b0480a
KB
3388 else
3389 return 0;
f2abfe65 3390@}
b5b0480a
KB
3391@end smallexample
3392
3393The qualifier @code{@@short} is used in @value{GDBN}'s type expressions
587afa38
EZ
3394to indicate the presence of one of these ``short'' pointers. For
3395example if the debug information indicates that @code{short_ptr_var} is
3396one of these short pointers, @value{GDBN} might show the following
3397behavior:
b5b0480a
KB
3398
3399@smallexample
3400(gdb) ptype short_ptr_var
3401type = int * @@short
3402@end smallexample
3403
93e79dbd 3404
587afa38
EZ
3405@node Register Representation
3406@section Register Representation
3407
3408@menu
3409* Raw and Cooked Registers::
3410* Register Architecture Functions & Variables::
3411* Register Information Functions::
3412* Register and Memory Data::
3413* Register Caching::
3414@end menu
3415
3416@node Raw and Cooked Registers
3417@subsection Raw and Cooked Registers
13d01224 3418@cindex raw register representation
587afa38
EZ
3419@cindex cooked register representation
3420@cindex representations, raw and cooked registers
3421
3422@value{GDBN} considers registers to be a set with members numbered
3423linearly from 0 upwards. The first part of that set corresponds to real
3424physical registers, the second part to any @dfn{pseudo-registers}.
3425Pseudo-registers have no independent physical existence, but are useful
3426representations of information within the architecture. For example the
3427OpenRISC 1000 architecture has up to 32 general purpose registers, which
3428are typically represented as 32-bit (or 64-bit) integers. However the
3429GPRs are also used as operands to the floating point operations, and it
3430could be convenient to define a set of pseudo-registers, to show the
3431GPRs represented as floating point values.
3432
3433For any architecture, the implementer will decide on a mapping from
3434hardware to @value{GDBN} register numbers. The registers corresponding to real
3435hardware are referred to as @dfn{raw} registers, the remaining registers are
3436@dfn{pseudo-registers}. The total register set (raw and pseudo) is called
3437the @dfn{cooked} register set.
3438
3439
3440@node Register Architecture Functions & Variables
3441@subsection Functions and Variables Specifying the Register Architecture
3442@cindex @code{gdbarch} register architecture functions
3443
3444These @code{struct gdbarch} functions and variables specify the number
3445and type of registers in the architecture.
3446
3447@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR read_pc (struct regcache *@var{regcache})
3448@end deftypefn
3449@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void write_pc (struct regcache *@var{regcache}, CORE_ADDR @var{val})
13d01224 3450
587afa38
EZ
3451Read or write the program counter. The default value of both
3452functions is @code{NULL} (no function available). If the program
3453counter is just an ordinary register, it can be specified in
3454@code{struct gdbarch} instead (see @code{pc_regnum} below) and it will
3455be read or written using the standard routines to access registers. This
3456function need only be specified if the program counter is not an
3457ordinary register.
3458
3459Any register information can be obtained using the supplied register
3460cache, @var{regcache}. @xref{Register Caching, , Register Caching}.
3461
3462@end deftypefn
3463
3464@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void pseudo_register_read (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, int @var{regnum}, const gdb_byte *@var{buf})
3465@end deftypefn
3466@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void pseudo_register_write (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, int @var{regnum}, const gdb_byte *@var{buf})
3467
3468These functions should be defined if there are any pseudo-registers.
3469The default value is @code{NULL}. @var{regnum} is the number of the
3470register to read or write (which will be a @dfn{cooked} register
3471number) and @var{buf} is the buffer where the value read will be
3472placed, or from which the value to be written will be taken. The
3473value in the buffer may be converted to or from a signed or unsigned
3474integral value using one of the utility functions (@pxref{Register and
d0384fc4 3475Memory Data, , Using Different Register and Memory Data
587afa38 3476Representations}).
af6c57ea 3477
587afa38
EZ
3478The access should be for the specified architecture,
3479@var{gdbarch}. Any register information can be obtained using the
3480supplied register cache, @var{regcache}. @xref{Register Caching, ,
3481Register Caching}.
9fb4dd36 3482
587afa38 3483@end deftypefn
13d01224 3484
587afa38
EZ
3485@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int sp_regnum
3486@vindex sp_regnum
3487@cindex stack pointer
3488@cindex @kbd{$sp}
9fb4dd36 3489
587afa38
EZ
3490This specifies the register holding the stack pointer, which may be a
3491raw or pseudo-register. It defaults to -1 (not defined), but it is an
3492error for it not to be defined.
9fb4dd36 3493
587afa38
EZ
3494The value of the stack pointer register can be accessed withing
3495@value{GDBN} as the variable @kbd{$sp}.
3496
3497@end deftypevr
3498
3499@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int pc_regnum
3500@vindex pc_regnum
3501@cindex program counter
3502@cindex @kbd{$pc}
3503
3504This specifies the register holding the program counter, which may be a
3505raw or pseudo-register. It defaults to -1 (not defined). If
3506@code{pc_regnum} is not defined, then the functions @code{read_pc} and
3507@code{write_pc} (see above) must be defined.
3508
3509The value of the program counter (whether defined as a register, or
3510through @code{read_pc} and @code{write_pc}) can be accessed withing
3511@value{GDBN} as the variable @kbd{$pc}.
3512
3513@end deftypevr
3514
3515@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int ps_regnum
3516@vindex ps_regnum
3517@cindex processor status register
3518@cindex status register
3519@cindex @kbd{$ps}
3520
3521This specifies the register holding the processor status (often called
3522the status register), which may be a raw or pseudo-register. It
3523defaults to -1 (not defined).
3524
3525If defined, the value of this register can be accessed withing
3526@value{GDBN} as the variable @kbd{$ps}.
3527
3528@end deftypevr
3529
3530@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int fp0_regnum
3531@vindex fp0_regnum
3532@cindex first floating point register
3533
3534This specifies the first floating point register. It defaults to
35350. @code{fp0_regnum} is not needed unless the target offers support
3536for floating point.
9fb4dd36 3537
587afa38 3538@end deftypevr
9fb4dd36 3539
587afa38
EZ
3540@node Register Information Functions
3541@subsection Functions Giving Register Information
3542@cindex @code{gdbarch} register information functions
9fb4dd36 3543
587afa38
EZ
3544These functions return information about registers.
3545
3546@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {const char *} register_name (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{regnum})
3547
3548This function should convert a register number (raw or pseudo) to a
3549register name (as a C @code{const char *}). This is used both to
3550determine the name of a register for output and to work out the meaning
3551of any register names used as input. The function may also return
3552@code{NULL}, to indicate that @var{regnum} is not a valid register.
3553
3554For example with the OpenRISC 1000, @value{GDBN} registers 0-31 are the
3555General Purpose Registers, register 32 is the program counter and
3556register 33 is the supervision register (i.e.@: the processor status
3557register), which map to the strings @code{"gpr00"} through
3558@code{"gpr31"}, @code{"pc"} and @code{"sr"} respectively. This means
3559that the @value{GDBN} command @kbd{print $gpr5} should print the value of
3560the OR1K general purpose register 5@footnote{
3561@cindex frame pointer
3562@cindex @kbd{$fp}
3563Historically, @value{GDBN} always had a concept of a frame pointer
3564register, which could be accessed via the @value{GDBN} variable,
3565@kbd{$fp}. That concept is now deprecated, recognizing that not all
3566architectures have a frame pointer. However if an architecture does
3567have a frame pointer register, and defines a register or
3568pseudo-register with the name @code{"fp"}, then that register will be
3569used as the value of the @kbd{$fp} variable.}.
3570
3571The default value for this function is @code{NULL}, meaning
3572undefined. It should always be defined.
3573
3574The access should be for the specified architecture, @var{gdbarch}.
6f6ef15a 3575
9fb4dd36
JB
3576@end deftypefn
3577
587afa38 3578@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {struct type *} register_type (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{regnum})
9fb4dd36 3579
587afa38
EZ
3580Given a register number, this function identifies the type of data it
3581may be holding, specified as a @code{struct type}. @value{GDBN} allows
3582creation of arbitrary types, but a number of built in types are
3583provided (@code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_int32} etc),
3584together with functions to derive types from these.
3585
3586Typically the program counter will have a type of ``pointer to
3587function'' (it points to code), the frame pointer and stack pointer
3588will have types of ``pointer to void'' (they point to data on the stack)
3589and all other integer registers will have a type of 32-bit integer or
359064-bit integer.
3591
3592This information guides the formatting when displaying register
3593information. The default value is @code{NULL} meaning no information is
3594available to guide formatting when displaying registers.
3595
3596@end deftypefn
3597
3598@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void print_registers_info (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct ui_file *@var{file}, struct frame_info *@var{frame}, int @var{regnum}, int @var{all})
3599
3600Define this function to print out one or all of the registers for the
3601@value{GDBN} @kbd{info registers} command. The default value is the
3602function @code{default_print_registers_info}, which uses the register
3603type information (see @code{register_type} above) to determine how each
3604register should be printed. Define a custom version of this function
3605for fuller control over how the registers are displayed.
3606
3607The access should be for the specified architecture, @var{gdbarch},
3608with output to the the file specified by the User Interface
3609Independent Output file handle, @var{file} (@pxref{UI-Independent
3610Output, , UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out}
3611Functions}).
3612
3613The registers should show their values in the frame specified by
3614@var{frame}. If @var{regnum} is -1 and @var{all} is zero, then all
3615the ``significant'' registers should be shown (the implementer should
3616decide which registers are ``significant''). Otherwise only the value of
3617the register specified by @var{regnum} should be output. If
3618@var{regnum} is -1 and @var{all} is non-zero (true), then the value of
3619all registers should be shown.
3620
3621By default @code{default_print_registers_info} prints one register per
3622line, and if @var{all} is zero omits floating-point registers.
3623
3624@end deftypefn
3625
3626@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void print_float_info (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct ui_file *@var{file}, struct frame_info *@var{frame}, const char *@var{args})
3627
3628Define this function to provide output about the floating point unit and
3629registers for the @value{GDBN} @kbd{info float} command respectively.
3630The default value is @code{NULL} (not defined), meaning no information
3631will be provided.
3632
3633The @var{gdbarch} and @var{file} and @var{frame} arguments have the same
3634meaning as in the @code{print_registers_info} function above. The string
3635@var{args} contains any supplementary arguments to the @kbd{info float}
3636command.
3637
3638Define this function if the target supports floating point operations.
6f6ef15a 3639
9fb4dd36
JB
3640@end deftypefn
3641
587afa38
EZ
3642@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void print_vector_info (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct ui_file *@var{file}, struct frame_info *@var{frame}, const char *@var{args})
3643
3644Define this function to provide output about the vector unit and
3645registers for the @value{GDBN} @kbd{info vector} command respectively.
3646The default value is @code{NULL} (not defined), meaning no information
3647will be provided.
3648
3649The @var{gdbarch}, @var{file} and @var{frame} arguments have the
3650same meaning as in the @code{print_registers_info} function above. The
3651string @var{args} contains any supplementary arguments to the @kbd{info
3652vector} command.
3653
3654Define this function if the target supports vector operations.
9fb4dd36 3655
9fb4dd36
JB
3656@end deftypefn
3657
587afa38
EZ
3658@deftypefn {Architecture Function} int register_reggroup_p (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{regnum}, struct reggroup *@var{group})
3659
3660@value{GDBN} groups registers into different categories (general,
3661vector, floating point etc). This function, given a register,
3662@var{regnum}, and group, @var{group}, returns 1 (true) if the register
3663is in the group and 0 (false) otherwise.
3664
3665The information should be for the specified architecture,
3666@var{gdbarch}
3667
3668The default value is the function @code{default_register_reggroup_p}
3669which will do a reasonable job based on the type of the register (see
3670the function @code{register_type} above), with groups for general
3671purpose registers, floating point registers, vector registers and raw
3672(i.e not pseudo) registers.
3673
3674@end deftypefn
9fb4dd36 3675
b6fd0dfb 3676@node Register and Memory Data
587afa38 3677@subsection Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations
13d01224
AC
3678@cindex register representation
3679@cindex memory representation
3680@cindex representations, register and memory
3681@cindex register data formats, converting
3682@cindex @code{struct value}, converting register contents to
3683
587afa38
EZ
3684Some architectures have different representations of data objects,
3685depending whether the object is held in a register or memory. For
3686example:
13d01224
AC
3687
3688@itemize @bullet
3689
3690@item
3691The Alpha architecture can represent 32 bit integer values in
3692floating-point registers.
3693
3694@item
3695The x86 architecture supports 80-bit floating-point registers. The
587afa38
EZ
3696@code{long double} data type occupies 96 bits in memory but only 80
3697bits when stored in a register.
13d01224
AC
3698
3699@end itemize
3700
3701In general, the register representation of a data type is determined by
3702the architecture, or @value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while
3703the memory representation is determined by the Application Binary
3704Interface.
3705
3706For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the two
3707representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
587afa38
EZ
3708However, they do occasionally differ. An architecture may define the
3709following @code{struct gdbarch} functions to request conversions
3710between the register and memory representations of a data type:
13d01224 3711
587afa38 3712@deftypefn {Architecture Function} int gdbarch_convert_register_p (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{reg})
13d01224 3713
587afa38
EZ
3714Return non-zero (true) if the representation of a data value stored in
3715this register may be different to the representation of that same data
3716value when stored in memory. The default value is @code{NULL}
3717(undefined).
83acabca 3718
587afa38
EZ
3719If this function is defined and returns non-zero, the @code{struct
3720gdbarch} functions @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and
3721@code{gdbarch_value_to_register} (see below) should be used to perform
3722any necessary conversion.
13d01224 3723
587afa38
EZ
3724If defined, this function should return zero for the register's native
3725type, when no conversion is necessary.
3726@end deftypefn
13d01224 3727
587afa38 3728@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void gdbarch_register_to_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
13d01224 3729
587afa38
EZ
3730Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to a data object of
3731type @var{type}. The buffer at @var{from} holds the register's value
3732in raw format; the converted value should be placed in the buffer at
3733@var{to}.
3734
3735@quotation
3736@emph{Note:} @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and
3737@code{gdbarch_value_to_register} take their @var{reg} and @var{type}
3738arguments in different orders.
3739@end quotation
3740
3741@code{gdbarch_register_to_value} should only be used with registers
3742for which the @code{gdbarch_convert_register_p} function returns a
3743non-zero value.
3744
3745@end deftypefn
3746
3747@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void gdbarch_value_to_register (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
13d01224 3748
13d01224
AC
3749Convert a data value of type @var{type} to register number @var{reg}'
3750raw format.
3751
587afa38
EZ
3752@quotation
3753@emph{Note:} @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and
3754@code{gdbarch_value_to_register} take their @var{reg} and @var{type}
3755arguments in different orders.
3756@end quotation
13d01224 3757
587afa38
EZ
3758@code{gdbarch_value_to_register} should only be used with registers
3759for which the @code{gdbarch_convert_register_p} function returns a
3760non-zero value.
3761
3762@end deftypefn
3763
3764@node Register Caching
3765@subsection Register Caching
3766@cindex register caching
3767
3768Caching of registers is used, so that the target does not need to be
3769accessed and reanalyzed multiple times for each register in
3770circumstances where the register value cannot have changed.
3771
3772@cindex @code{struct regcache}
3773@value{GDBN} provides @code{struct regcache}, associated with a
3774particular @code{struct gdbarch} to hold the cached values of the raw
3775registers. A set of functions is provided to access both the raw
3776registers (with @code{raw} in their name) and the full set of cooked
3777registers (with @code{cooked} in their name). Functions are provided
3778to ensure the register cache is kept synchronized with the values of
3779the actual registers in the target.
3780
3781Accessing registers through the @code{struct regcache} routines will
3782ensure that the appropriate @code{struct gdbarch} functions are called
3783when necessary to access the underlying target architecture. In general
3784users should use the @dfn{cooked} functions, since these will map to the
3785@dfn{raw} functions automatically as appropriate.
3786
3787@findex regcache_cooked_read
3788@findex regcache_cooked_write
3789@cindex @code{gdb_byte}
3790@findex regcache_cooked_read_signed
3791@findex regcache_cooked_read_unsigned
3792@findex regcache_cooked_write_signed
3793@findex regcache_cooked_write_unsigned
3794The two key functions are @code{regcache_cooked_read} and
3795@code{regcache_cooked_write} which read or write a register from or to
3796a byte buffer (type @code{gdb_byte *}). For convenience the wrapper
3797functions @code{regcache_cooked_read_signed},
3798@code{regcache_cooked_read_unsigned},
3799@code{regcache_cooked_write_signed} and
3800@code{regcache_cooked_write_unsigned} are provided, which read or
3801write the value using the buffer and convert to or from an integral
3802value as appropriate.
13d01224 3803
b6fd0dfb 3804@node Frame Interpretation
c906108c
SS
3805@section Frame Interpretation
3806
587afa38
EZ
3807@menu
3808* All About Stack Frames::
3809* Frame Handling Terminology::
3810* Prologue Caches::
3811* Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames::
3812* Functions to Access Frame Data::
3813* Analyzing Stacks---Frame Sniffers::
3814@end menu
3815
3816@node All About Stack Frames
3817@subsection All About Stack Frames
3818
3819@value{GDBN} needs to understand the stack on which local (automatic)
3820variables are stored. The area of the stack containing all the local
3821variables for a function invocation is known as the @dfn{stack frame}
3822for that function (or colloquially just as the @dfn{frame}). In turn the
3823function that called the function will have its stack frame, and so on
3824back through the chain of functions that have been called.
3825
3826Almost all architectures have one register dedicated to point to the
3827end of the stack (the @dfn{stack pointer}). Many have a second register
3828which points to the start of the currently active stack frame (the
3829@dfn{frame pointer}). The specific arrangements for an architecture are
3830a key part of the ABI.
3831
3832A diagram helps to explain this. Here is a simple program to compute
3833factorials:
3834
3835@smallexample
3836#include <stdio.h>
3837int fact (int n)
3838@{
3839 if (0 == n)
3840 @{
3841 return 1;
3842 @}
3843 else
3844 @{
3845 return n * fact (n - 1);
3846 @}
3847@}
3848
3849main ()
3850@{
3851 int i;
3852
3853 for (i = 0; i < 10; i++)
3854 @{
3855 int f = fact (i);
3856 printf ("%d! = %d\n", i, f);
3857 @}
3858@}
3859@end smallexample
3860
3861Consider the state of the stack when the code reaches line 6 after the
3862main program has called @code{fact@w{ }(3)}. The chain of function
3863calls will be @code{main ()}, @code{fact@w{ }(3)}, @code{fact@w{
3864}(2)}, @code{@w{fact (1)}} and @code{fact@w{ }(0)}.
3865
3866In this illustration the stack is falling (as used for example by the
3867OpenRISC 1000 ABI). The stack pointer (SP) is at the end of the stack
3868(lowest address) and the frame pointer (FP) is at the highest address
3869in the current stack frame. The following diagram shows how the stack
3870looks.
3871
3872@center @image{stack_frame,14cm}
3873
3874In each stack frame, offset 0 from the stack pointer is the frame
3875pointer of the previous frame and offset 4 (this is illustrating a
387632-bit architecture) from the stack pointer is the return address.
3877Local variables are indexed from the frame pointer, with negative
3878indexes. In the function @code{fact}, offset -4 from the frame
3879pointer is the argument @var{n}. In the @code{main} function, offset
3880-4 from the frame pointer is the local variable @var{i} and offset -8
3881from the frame pointer is the local variable @var{f}@footnote{This is
3882a simplified example for illustrative purposes only. Good optimizing
3883compilers would not put anything on the stack for such simple
3884functions. Indeed they might eliminate the recursion and use of the
3885stack entirely!}.
3886
3887It is very easy to get confused when examining stacks. @value{GDBN}
3888has terminology it uses rigorously throughout. The stack frame of the
3889function currently executing, or where execution stopped is numbered
3890zero. In this example frame #0 is the stack frame of the call to
3891@code{fact@w{ }(0)}. The stack frame of its calling function
3892(@code{fact@w{ }(1)} in this case) is numbered #1 and so on back
3893through the chain of calls.
3894
3895The main @value{GDBN} data structure describing frames is
3896 @code{@w{struct frame_info}}. It is not used directly, but only via
3897its accessor functions. @code{frame_info} includes information about
3898the registers in the frame and a pointer to the code of the function
3899with which the frame is associated. The entire stack is represented as
3900a linked list of @code{frame_info} structs.
3901
3902@node Frame Handling Terminology
3903@subsection Frame Handling Terminology
3904
3905It is easy to get confused when referencing stack frames. @value{GDBN}
3906uses some precise terminology.
3907
3908@itemize @bullet
3909
3910@item
3911@cindex THIS frame
3912@cindex stack frame, definition of THIS frame
3913@cindex frame, definition of THIS frame
3914@dfn{THIS} frame is the frame currently under consideration.
3915
3916@item
3917@cindex NEXT frame
3918@cindex stack frame, definition of NEXT frame
3919@cindex frame, definition of NEXT frame
3920The @dfn{NEXT} frame, also sometimes called the inner or newer frame is the
3921frame of the function called by the function of THIS frame.
3922
3923@item
3924@cindex PREVIOUS frame
3925@cindex stack frame, definition of PREVIOUS frame
3926@cindex frame, definition of PREVIOUS frame
3927The @dfn{PREVIOUS} frame, also sometimes called the outer or older frame is
3928the frame of the function which called the function of THIS frame.
3929
3930@end itemize
3931
3932So in the example in the previous section (@pxref{All About Stack
3933Frames, , All About Stack Frames}), if THIS frame is #3 (the call to
3934@code{fact@w{ }(3)}), the NEXT frame is frame #2 (the call to
3935@code{fact@w{ }(2)}) and the PREVIOUS frame is frame #4 (the call to
3936@code{main@w{ }()}).
3937
3938@cindex innermost frame
3939@cindex stack frame, definition of innermost frame
3940@cindex frame, definition of innermost frame
3941The @dfn{innermost} frame is the frame of the current executing
3942function, or where the program stopped, in this example, in the middle
3943of the call to @code{@w{fact (0))}}. It is always numbered frame #0.
3944
3945@cindex base of a frame
3946@cindex stack frame, definition of base of a frame
3947@cindex frame, definition of base of a frame
3948The @dfn{base} of a frame is the address immediately before the start
3949of the NEXT frame. For a stack which grows down in memory (a
3950@dfn{falling} stack) this will be the lowest address and for a stack
3951which grows up in memory (a @dfn{rising} stack) this will be the
3952highest address in the frame.
3953
3954@value{GDBN} functions to analyze the stack are typically given a
3955pointer to the NEXT frame to determine information about THIS
3956frame. Information about THIS frame includes data on where the
3957registers of the PREVIOUS frame are stored in this stack frame. In
3958this example the frame pointer of the PREVIOUS frame is stored at
3959offset 0 from the stack pointer of THIS frame.
3960
3961@cindex unwinding
3962@cindex stack frame, definition of unwinding
3963@cindex frame, definition of unwinding
3964The process whereby a function is given a pointer to the NEXT
3965frame to work out information about THIS frame is referred to as
3966@dfn{unwinding}. The @value{GDBN} functions involved in this typically
3967include unwind in their name.
3968
3969@cindex sniffing
3970@cindex stack frame, definition of sniffing
3971@cindex frame, definition of sniffing
3972The process of analyzing a target to determine the information that
3973should go in struct frame_info is called @dfn{sniffing}. The functions
3974that carry this out are called sniffers and typically include sniffer
3975in their name. More than one sniffer may be required to extract all
3976the information for a particular frame.
3977
3978@cindex sentinel frame
3979@cindex stack frame, definition of sentinel frame
3980@cindex frame, definition of sentinel frame
3981Because so many functions work using the NEXT frame, there is an issue
3982about addressing the innermost frame---it has no NEXT frame. To solve
3983this @value{GDBN} creates a dummy frame #-1, known as the
3984@dfn{sentinel} frame.
3985
3986@node Prologue Caches
3987@subsection Prologue Caches
3988
3989@cindex function prologue
3990@cindex prologue of a function
3991All the frame sniffing functions typically examine the code at the
3992start of the corresponding function, to determine the state of
3993registers. The ABI will save old values and set new values of key
3994registers at the start of each function in what is known as the
3995function @dfn{prologue}.
3996
3997@cindex prologue cache
3998For any particular stack frame this data does not change, so all the
3999standard unwinding functions, in addition to receiving a pointer to
4000the NEXT frame as their first argument, receive a pointer to a
4001@dfn{prologue cache} as their second argument. This can be used to store
4002values associated with a particular frame, for reuse on subsequent
4003calls involving the same frame.
4004
4005It is up to the user to define the structure used (it is a
4006@code{void@w{ }*} pointer) and arrange allocation and deallocation of
4007storage. However for general use, @value{GDBN} provides
4008@code{@w{struct trad_frame_cache}}, with a set of accessor
4009routines. This structure holds the stack and code address of
4010THIS frame, the base address of the frame, a pointer to the
4011struct @code{frame_info} for the NEXT frame and details of
4012where the registers of the PREVIOUS frame may be found in THIS
4013frame.
4014
4015Typically the first time any sniffer function is called with NEXT
4016frame, the prologue sniffer for THIS frame will be @code{NULL}. The
4017sniffer will analyze the frame, allocate a prologue cache structure
4018and populate it. Subsequent calls using the same NEXT frame will
4019pass in this prologue cache, so the data can be returned with no
4020additional analysis.
4021
4022@node Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames
4023@subsection Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames
4024
4025These struct @code{gdbarch} functions and variable should be defined
4026to provide analysis of the stack frame and allow it to be adjusted as
4027required.
4028
4029@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR skip_prologue (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, CORE_ADDR @var{pc})
4030
4031The prologue of a function is the code at the beginning of the
4032function which sets up the stack frame, saves the return address
4033etc. The code representing the behavior of the function starts after
4034the prologue.
4035
4036This function skips past the prologue of a function if the program
4037counter, @var{pc}, is within the prologue of a function. The result is
4038the program counter immediately after the prologue. With modern
4039optimizing compilers, this may be a far from trivial exercise. However
4040the required information may be within the binary as DWARF2 debugging
4041information, making the job much easier.
4042
4043The default value is @code{NULL} (not defined). This function should always
4044be provided, but can take advantage of DWARF2 debugging information,
4045if that is available.
4046
4047@end deftypefn
4048
4049@deftypefn {Architecture Function} int inner_than (CORE_ADDR @var{lhs}, CORE_ADDR @var{rhs})
4050@findex core_addr_lessthan
4051@findex core_addr_greaterthan
4052
4053Given two frame or stack pointers, return non-zero (true) if the first
4054represents the @dfn{inner} stack frame and 0 (false) otherwise. This
4055is used to determine whether the target has a stack which grows up in
4056memory (rising stack) or grows down in memory (falling stack).
4057@xref{All About Stack Frames, , All About Stack Frames}, for an
4058explanation of @dfn{inner} frames.
4059
4060The default value of this function is @code{NULL} and it should always
4061be defined. However for almost all architectures one of the built-in
4062functions can be used: @code{core_addr_lessthan} (for stacks growing
4063down in memory) or @code{core_addr_greaterthan} (for stacks growing up
4064in memory).
4065
4066@end deftypefn
4067
4068@anchor{frame_align}
4069@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR frame_align (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, CORE_ADDR @var{address})
4070@findex align_down
4071@findex align_up
4072
4073The architecture may have constraints on how its frames are
4074aligned. For example the OpenRISC 1000 ABI requires stack frames to be
4075double-word aligned, but 32-bit versions of the architecture allocate
4076single-word values to the stack. Thus extra padding may be needed at
4077the end of a stack frame.
4078
4079Given a proposed address for the stack pointer, this function
4080returns a suitably aligned address (by expanding the stack frame).
4081
4082The default value is @code{NULL} (undefined). This function should be defined
4083for any architecture where it is possible the stack could become
4084misaligned. The utility functions @code{align_down} (for falling
4085stacks) and @code{align_up} (for rising stacks) will facilitate the
4086implementation of this function.
4087
4088@end deftypefn
4089
4090@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int frame_red_zone_size
4091
4092Some ABIs reserve space beyond the end of the stack for use by leaf
4093functions without prologue or epilogue or by exception handlers (for
4094example the OpenRISC 1000).
4095
4096This is known as a @dfn{red zone} (AMD terminology). The @sc{amd64}
4097(nee x86-64) ABI documentation refers to the @dfn{red zone} when
4098describing this scratch area.
4099
4100The default value is 0. Set this field if the architecture has such a
4101red zone. The value must be aligned as required by the ABI (see
4102@code{frame_align} above for an explanation of stack frame alignment).
4103
4104@end deftypevr
4105
4106@node Functions to Access Frame Data
4107@subsection Functions to Access Frame Data
4108
4109These functions provide access to key registers and arguments in the
4110stack frame.
4111
4112@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR unwind_pc (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct frame_info *@var{next_frame})
4113
4114This function is given a pointer to the NEXT stack frame (@pxref{All
4115About Stack Frames, , All About Stack Frames}, for how frames are
4116represented) and returns the value of the program counter in the
4117PREVIOUS frame (i.e.@: the frame of the function that called THIS
4118one). This is commonly referred to as the @dfn{return address}.
4119
4120The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
4121is typically no more than:
4122
4123@smallexample
4124ULONGEST pc;
4125pc = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, @var{ARCH}_PC_REGNUM);
4126return gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, pc);
4127@end smallexample
4128
4129@end deftypefn
4130
4131@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR unwind_sp (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct frame_info *@var{next_frame})
4132
4133This function is given a pointer to the NEXT stack frame
4134(@pxref{All About Stack Frames, , All About Stack Frames} for how
4135frames are represented) and returns the value of the stack pointer in
4136the PREVIOUS frame (i.e.@: the frame of the function that called
4137THIS one).
4138
4139The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
4140is typically no more than:
4141
4142@smallexample
4143ULONGEST sp;
4144sp = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, @var{ARCH}_SP_REGNUM);
4145return gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, sp);
4146@end smallexample
4147
4148@end deftypefn
4149
4150@deftypefn {Architecture Function} int frame_num_args (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct frame_info *@var{this_frame})
4151
4152This function is given a pointer to THIS stack frame (@pxref{All
4153About Stack Frames, , All About Stack Frames} for how frames are
4154represented), and returns the number of arguments that are being
4155passed, or -1 if not known.
4156
4157The default value is @code{NULL} (undefined), in which case the number of
4158arguments passed on any stack frame is always unknown. For many
4159architectures this will be a suitable default.
4160
4161@end deftypefn
4162
4163@node Analyzing Stacks---Frame Sniffers
4164@subsection Analyzing Stacks---Frame Sniffers
4165
4166When a program stops, @value{GDBN} needs to construct the chain of
4167struct @code{frame_info} representing the state of the stack using
4168appropriate @dfn{sniffers}.
4169
4170Each architecture requires appropriate sniffers, but they do not form
4171entries in @code{@w{struct gdbarch}}, since more than one sniffer may
4172be required and a sniffer may be suitable for more than one
4173@code{@w{struct gdbarch}}. Instead sniffers are associated with
4174architectures using the following functions.
4175
4176@itemize @bullet
4177
4178@item
4179@findex frame_unwind_append_sniffer
4180@code{frame_unwind_append_sniffer} is used to add a new sniffer to
4181analyze THIS frame when given a pointer to the NEXT frame.
4182
4183@item
4184@findex frame_base_append_sniffer
4185@code{frame_base_append_sniffer} is used to add a new sniffer
4186which can determine information about the base of a stack frame.
4187
4188@item
4189@findex frame_base_set_default
4190@code{frame_base_set_default} is used to specify the default base
4191sniffer.
4192
4193@end itemize
4194
4195These functions all take a reference to @code{@w{struct gdbarch}}, so
4196they are associated with a specific architecture. They are usually
4197called in the @code{gdbarch} initialization function, after the
4198@code{gdbarch} struct has been set up. Unless a default has been set, the
4199most recently appended sniffer will be tried first.
4200
4201The main frame unwinding sniffer (as set by
4202@code{frame_unwind_append_sniffer)} returns a structure specifying
4203a set of sniffing functions:
4204
4205@cindex @code{frame_unwind}
4206@smallexample
4207struct frame_unwind
4208@{
4209 enum frame_type type;
4210 frame_this_id_ftype *this_id;
4211 frame_prev_register_ftype *prev_register;
4212 const struct frame_data *unwind_data;
4213 frame_sniffer_ftype *sniffer;
4214 frame_prev_pc_ftype *prev_pc;
4215 frame_dealloc_cache_ftype *dealloc_cache;
4216@};
4217@end smallexample
4218
4219The @code{type} field indicates the type of frame this sniffer can
4220handle: normal, dummy (@pxref{Functions Creating Dummy Frames, ,
4221Functions Creating Dummy Frames}), signal handler or sentinel. Signal
4222handlers sometimes have their own simplified stack structure for
4223efficiency, so may need their own handlers.
4224
4225The @code{unwind_data} field holds additional information which may be
4226relevant to particular types of frame. For example it may hold
4227additional information for signal handler frames.
4228
4229The remaining fields define functions that yield different types of
4230information when given a pointer to the NEXT stack frame. Not all
4231functions need be provided. If an entry is @code{NULL}, the next sniffer will
4232be tried instead.
4233
4234@itemize @bullet
4235
4236@item
4237@code{this_id} determines the stack pointer and function (code
4238entry point) for THIS stack frame.
4239
4240@item
4241@code{prev_register} determines where the values of registers for
4242the PREVIOUS stack frame are stored in THIS stack frame.
4243
4244@item
4245@code{sniffer} takes a look at THIS frame's registers to
4246determine if this is the appropriate unwinder.
4247
4248@item
4249@code{prev_pc} determines the program counter for THIS
4250frame. Only needed if the program counter is not an ordinary register
4251(@pxref{Register Architecture Functions & Variables,
4252, Functions and Variables Specifying the Register Architecture}).
4253
4254@item
4255@code{dealloc_cache} frees any additional memory associated with
4256the prologue cache for this frame (@pxref{Prologue Caches, , Prologue
4257Caches}).
4258
4259@end itemize
4260
4261In general it is only the @code{this_id} and @code{prev_register}
4262fields that need be defined for custom sniffers.
4263
4264The frame base sniffer is much simpler. It is a @code{@w{struct
4265frame_base}}, which refers to the corresponding @code{frame_unwind}
4266struct and whose fields refer to functions yielding various addresses
4267within the frame.
4268
4269@cindex @code{frame_base}
4270@smallexample
4271struct frame_base
4272@{
4273 const struct frame_unwind *unwind;
4274 frame_this_base_ftype *this_base;
4275 frame_this_locals_ftype *this_locals;
4276 frame_this_args_ftype *this_args;
4277@};
4278@end smallexample
4279
4280All the functions referred to take a pointer to the NEXT frame as
4281argument. The function referred to by @code{this_base} returns the
4282base address of THIS frame, the function referred to by
4283@code{this_locals} returns the base address of local variables in THIS
4284frame and the function referred to by @code{this_args} returns the
4285base address of the function arguments in this frame.
4286
4287As described above, the base address of a frame is the address
4288immediately before the start of the NEXT frame. For a falling
4289stack, this is the lowest address in the frame and for a rising stack
4290it is the highest address in the frame. For most architectures the
4291same address is also the base address for local variables and
4292arguments, in which case the same function can be used for all three
4293entries@footnote{It is worth noting that if it cannot be determined in any
4294other way (for example by there being a register with the name
4295@code{"fp"}), then the result of the @code{this_base} function will be
4296used as the value of the frame pointer variable @kbd{$fp} in
4297@value{GDBN}. This is very often not correct (for example with the
4298OpenRISC 1000, this value is the stack pointer, @kbd{$sp}). In this
4299case a register (raw or pseudo) with the name @code{"fp"} should be
4300defined. It will be used in preference as the value of @kbd{$fp}.}.
4301
b6fd0dfb 4302@node Inferior Call Setup
c906108c 4303@section Inferior Call Setup
587afa38
EZ
4304@cindex calls to the inferior
4305
4306@menu
4307* About Dummy Frames::
4308* Functions Creating Dummy Frames::
4309@end menu
4310
4311@node About Dummy Frames
4312@subsection About Dummy Frames
4313@cindex dummy frames
4314
4315@value{GDBN} can call functions in the target code (for example by
4316using the @kbd{call} or @kbd{print} commands). These functions may be
4317breakpointed, and it is essential that if a function does hit a
4318breakpoint, commands like @kbd{backtrace} work correctly.
4319
4320This is achieved by making the stack look as though the function had
4321been called from the point where @value{GDBN} had previously stopped.
4322This requires that @value{GDBN} can set up stack frames appropriate for
4323such function calls.
4324
4325@node Functions Creating Dummy Frames
4326@subsection Functions Creating Dummy Frames
4327
4328The following functions provide the functionality to set up such
4329@dfn{dummy} stack frames.
4330
4331@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct value *@var{function}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, CORE_ADDR @var{bp_addr}, int @var{nargs}, struct value **@var{args}, CORE_ADDR @var{sp}, int @var{struct_return}, CORE_ADDR @var{struct_addr})
4332
4333This function sets up a dummy stack frame for the function about to be
4334called. @code{push_dummy_call} is given the arguments to be passed
4335and must copy them into registers or push them on to the stack as
4336appropriate for the ABI.
4337
4338@var{function} is a pointer to the function
4339that will be called and @var{regcache} the register cache from which
4340values should be obtained. @var{bp_addr} is the address to which the
4341function should return (which is breakpointed, so @value{GDBN} can
4342regain control, hence the name). @var{nargs} is the number of
4343arguments to pass and @var{args} an array containing the argument
4344values. @var{struct_return} is non-zero (true) if the function returns
4345a structure, and if so @var{struct_addr} is the address in which the
4346structure should be returned.
4347
4348 After calling this function, @value{GDBN} will pass control to the
4349target at the address of the function, which will find the stack and
4350registers set up just as expected.
4351
4352The default value of this function is @code{NULL} (undefined). If the
4353function is not defined, then @value{GDBN} will not allow the user to
4354call functions within the target being debugged.
4355
4356@end deftypefn
4357
4358@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {struct frame_id} unwind_dummy_id (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct frame_info *@var{next_frame})
4359
4360This is the inverse of @code{push_dummy_call} which restores the stack
4361pointer and program counter after a call to evaluate a function using
4362a dummy stack frame. The result is a @code{@w{struct frame_id}}, which
4363contains the value of the stack pointer and program counter to be
4364used.
4365
4366The NEXT frame pointer is provided as argument,
4367@var{next_frame}. THIS frame is the frame of the dummy function,
4368which can be unwound, to yield the required stack pointer and program
4369counter from the PREVIOUS frame.
4370
4371The default value is @code{NULL} (undefined). If @code{push_dummy_call} is
4372defined, then this function should also be defined.
c906108c 4373
587afa38
EZ
4374@end deftypefn
4375
4376@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR push_dummy_code (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, CORE_ADDR @var{sp}, CORE_ADDR @var{funaddr}, struct value **@var{args}, int @var{nargs}, struct type *@var{value_type}, CORE_ADDR *@var{real_pc}, CORE_ADDR *@var{bp_addr}, struct regcache *@var{regcache})
4377
4378If this function is not defined (its default value is @code{NULL}), a dummy
4379call will use the entry point of the currently loaded code on the
4380target as its return address. A temporary breakpoint will be set
4381there, so the location must be writable and have room for a
4382breakpoint.
c906108c 4383
587afa38
EZ
4384It is possible that this default is not suitable. It might not be
4385writable (in ROM possibly), or the ABI might require code to be
4386executed on return from a call to unwind the stack before the
4387breakpoint is encountered.
c906108c 4388
587afa38
EZ
4389If either of these is the case, then push_dummy_code should be defined
4390to push an instruction sequence onto the end of the stack to which the
4391dummy call should return.
4392
4393The arguments are essentially the same as those to
4394@code{push_dummy_call}. However the function is provided with the
4395type of the function result, @var{value_type}, @var{bp_addr} is used
4396to return a value (the address at which the breakpoint instruction
4397should be inserted) and @var{real pc} is used to specify the resume
4398address when starting the call sequence. The function should return
4399the updated innermost stack address.
4400
4401@quotation
4402@emph{Note:} This does require that code in the stack can be executed.
4403Some Harvard architectures may not allow this.
4404@end quotation
4405
4406@end deftypefn
4407
b39f4988
JB
4408@node Adding support for debugging core files
4409@section Adding support for debugging core files
4410@cindex core files
4411
4412The prerequisite for adding core file support in @value{GDBN} is to have
4413core file support in BFD.
4414
4415Once BFD support is available, writing the apropriate
4416@code{regset_from_core_section} architecture function should be all
4417that is needed in order to add support for core files in @value{GDBN}.
4418
587afa38
EZ
4419@node Defining Other Architecture Features
4420@section Defining Other Architecture Features
4421
4422This section describes other functions and values in @code{gdbarch},
4423together with some useful macros, that you can use to define the
4424target architecture.
c906108c
SS
4425
4426@table @code
4427
4a9bb1df
UW
4428@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (@var{gdbarch}, @var{addr})
4429@findex gdbarch_addr_bits_remove
adf40b2e 4430If a raw machine instruction address includes any bits that are not
4a9bb1df
UW
4431really part of the address, then this function is used to zero those bits in
4432@var{addr}. This is only used for addresses of instructions, and even then not
4433in all contexts.
adf40b2e
JM
4434
4435For example, the two low-order bits of the PC on the Hewlett-Packard PA
44362.0 architecture contain the privilege level of the corresponding
4437instruction. Since instructions must always be aligned on four-byte
4438boundaries, the processor masks out these bits to generate the actual
4a9bb1df
UW
4439address of the instruction. @code{gdbarch_addr_bits_remove} would then for
4440example look like that:
4441@smallexample
4442arch_addr_bits_remove (CORE_ADDR addr)
4443@{
4444 return (addr &= ~0x3);
4445@}
4446@end smallexample
c906108c 4447
4a9bb1df
UW
4448@item int address_class_name_to_type_flags (@var{gdbarch}, @var{name}, @var{type_flags_ptr})
4449@findex address_class_name_to_type_flags
b5b0480a
KB
4450If @var{name} is a valid address class qualifier name, set the @code{int}
4451referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the mask representing the qualifier
4452and return 1. If @var{name} is not a valid address class qualifier name,
4453return 0.
4454
4455The value for @var{type_flags_ptr} should be one of
4456@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1}, @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or
4457possibly some combination of these values or'd together.
4458@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
4459
4a9bb1df
UW
4460@item int address_class_name_to_type_flags_p (@var{gdbarch})
4461@findex address_class_name_to_type_flags_p
4462Predicate which indicates whether @code{address_class_name_to_type_flags}
b5b0480a
KB
4463has been defined.
4464
4a9bb1df
UW
4465@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags (@var{gdbarch}, @var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
4466@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags
b5b0480a
KB
4467Given a pointers byte size (as described by the debug information) and
4468the possible @code{DW_AT_address_class} value, return the type flags
4469used by @value{GDBN} to represent this address class. The value
4470returned should be one of @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1},
4471@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or possibly some combination of these
4472values or'd together.
4473@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
4474
4a9bb1df
UW
4475@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p (@var{gdbarch})
4476@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p
4477Predicate which indicates whether @code{gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p} has
b5b0480a
KB
4478been defined.
4479
4a9bb1df
UW
4480@item const char *gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type_flags})
4481@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name
b5b0480a
KB
4482Return the name of the address class qualifier associated with the type
4483flags given by @var{type_flags}.
4484
4a9bb1df
UW
4485@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name_p (@var{gdbarch})
4486@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name_p
4487Predicate which indicates whether @code{gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name} has been defined.
b5b0480a
KB
4488@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
4489
4a9bb1df
UW
4490@item void gdbarch_address_to_pointer (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf}, @var{addr})
4491@findex gdbarch_address_to_pointer
93e79dbd
JB
4492Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
4493@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
4a9bb1df 4494This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 4495C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
4496@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
4497
4a9bb1df
UW
4498@item int gdbarch_believe_pcc_promotion (@var{gdbarch})
4499@findex gdbarch_believe_pcc_promotion
4500Used to notify if the compiler promotes a @code{short} or @code{char}
56caf160
EZ
4501parameter to an @code{int}, but still reports the parameter as its
4502original type, rather than the promoted type.
c906108c 4503
32c9a795
MD
4504@item gdbarch_bits_big_endian (@var{gdbarch})
4505@findex gdbarch_bits_big_endian
4506This is used if the numbering of bits in the targets does @strong{not} match
587afa38 4507the endianism of the target byte order. A value of 1 means that the bits
56caf160 4508are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 means little-endian.
c906108c 4509
32c9a795
MD
4510@item set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bits_big_endian})
4511@findex set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian
4512Calling set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian with a value of 1 indicates that the
4513bits in the target are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 indicates
4514little-endian.
4515
c906108c 4516@item BREAKPOINT
56caf160 4517@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
4518This is the character array initializer for the bit pattern to put into
4519memory where a breakpoint is set. Although it's common to use a trap
4520instruction for a breakpoint, it's not required; for instance, the bit
4521pattern could be an invalid instruction. The breakpoint must be no
4522longer than the shortest instruction of the architecture.
4523
56caf160 4524@code{BREAKPOINT} has been deprecated in favor of
4a9bb1df 4525@code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc}.
7a292a7a 4526
c906108c 4527@item BIG_BREAKPOINT
56caf160
EZ
4528@itemx LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
4529@findex LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
4530@findex BIG_BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
4531Similar to BREAKPOINT, but used for bi-endian targets.
4532
56caf160 4533@code{BIG_BREAKPOINT} and @code{LITTLE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in
4a9bb1df 4534favor of @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc}.
7a292a7a 4535
4a9bb1df
UW
4536@item const gdb_byte *gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pcptr}, @var{lenptr})
4537@findex gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc
4538@anchor{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} Use the program counter to determine the
2dd0da42 4539contents and size of a breakpoint instruction. It returns a pointer to
a655d424 4540a static string of bytes that encode a breakpoint instruction, stores the
2dd0da42
AC
4541length of the string to @code{*@var{lenptr}}, and adjusts the program
4542counter (if necessary) to point to the actual memory location where the
a655d424
JK
4543breakpoint should be inserted. May return @code{NULL} to indicate that
4544software breakpoints are not supported.
c906108c
SS
4545
4546Although it is common to use a trap instruction for a breakpoint, it's
4547not required; for instance, the bit pattern could be an invalid
4548instruction. The breakpoint must be no longer than the shortest
4549instruction of the architecture.
4550
a655d424
JK
4551Provided breakpoint bytes can be also used by @code{bp_loc_is_permanent} to
4552detect permanent breakpoints. @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} should return
4553an unchanged memory copy if it was called for a location with permanent
4554breakpoint as some architectures use breakpoint instructions containing
4555arbitrary parameter value.
4556
7a292a7a
SS
4557Replaces all the other @var{BREAKPOINT} macros.
4558
4a9bb1df
UW
4559@item int gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bp_tgt})
4560@itemx gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bp_tgt})
4561@findex gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint
4562@findex gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint
917317f4
JM
4563Insert or remove memory based breakpoints. Reasonable defaults
4564(@code{default_memory_insert_breakpoint} and
4565@code{default_memory_remove_breakpoint} respectively) have been
4a9bb1df
UW
4566provided so that it is not necessary to set these for most
4567architectures. Architectures which may want to set
4568@code{gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint} and @code{gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint} will likely have instructions that are oddly sized or are not stored in a
917317f4
JM
4569conventional manner.
4570
4571It may also be desirable (from an efficiency standpoint) to define
4572custom breakpoint insertion and removal routines if
4a9bb1df 4573@code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} needs to read the target's memory for some
917317f4
JM
4574reason.
4575
4a9bb1df
UW
4576@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bpaddr})
4577@findex gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address
1485d690
KB
4578@cindex breakpoint address adjusted
4579Given an address at which a breakpoint is desired, return a breakpoint
4580address adjusted to account for architectural constraints on
4581breakpoint placement. This method is not needed by most targets.
4582
4583The FR-V target (see @file{frv-tdep.c}) requires this method.
4584The FR-V is a VLIW architecture in which a number of RISC-like
4585instructions are grouped (packed) together into an aggregate
4586instruction or instruction bundle. When the processor executes
4587one of these bundles, the component instructions are executed
4588in parallel.
4589
4590In the course of optimization, the compiler may group instructions
4591from distinct source statements into the same bundle. The line number
4592information associated with one of the latter statements will likely
4593refer to some instruction other than the first one in the bundle. So,
4594if the user attempts to place a breakpoint on one of these latter
4595statements, @value{GDBN} must be careful to @emph{not} place the break
4596instruction on any instruction other than the first one in the bundle.
4597(Remember though that the instructions within a bundle execute
4598in parallel, so the @emph{first} instruction is the instruction
4599at the lowest address and has nothing to do with execution order.)
4600
4a9bb1df 4601The FR-V's @code{gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address} method will adjust a
1485d690
KB
4602breakpoint's address by scanning backwards for the beginning of
4603the bundle, returning the address of the bundle.
4604
4605Since the adjustment of a breakpoint may significantly alter a user's
4606expectation, @value{GDBN} prints a warning when an adjusted breakpoint
4607is initially set and each time that that breakpoint is hit.
4608
4a9bb1df
UW
4609@item int gdbarch_call_dummy_location (@var{gdbarch})
4610@findex gdbarch_call_dummy_location
56caf160 4611See the file @file{inferior.h}.
7a292a7a 4612
4a9bb1df
UW
4613This method has been replaced by @code{gdbarch_push_dummy_code}
4614(@pxref{gdbarch_push_dummy_code}).
7043d8dc 4615
4a9bb1df
UW
4616@item int gdbarch_cannot_fetch_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regum})
4617@findex gdbarch_cannot_fetch_register
4618This function should return nonzero if @var{regno} cannot be fetched
a53f55d8 4619from an inferior process.
c906108c 4620
4a9bb1df
UW
4621@item int gdbarch_cannot_store_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum})
4622@findex gdbarch_cannot_store_register
4623This function should return nonzero if @var{regno} should not be
c906108c 4624written to the target. This is often the case for program counters,
4a9bb1df
UW
4625status words, and other special registers. This function returns 0 as
4626default so that @value{GDBN} will assume that all registers may be written.
c906108c 4627
4a9bb1df
UW
4628@item int gdbarch_convert_register_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum}, struct type *@var{type})
4629@findex gdbarch_convert_register_p
83acabca
DJ
4630Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} represents data values of type
4631@var{type} in a non-standard form.
13d01224
AC
4632@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
4633
a53f55d8
PA
4634@item int gdbarch_fp0_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
4635@findex gdbarch_fp0_regnum
4636This function returns the number of the first floating point register,
4637if the machine has such registers. Otherwise, it returns -1.
4638
4a9bb1df
UW
4639@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_decr_pc_after_break (@var{gdbarch})
4640@findex gdbarch_decr_pc_after_break
4641This function shall return the amount by which to decrement the PC after the
c906108c 4642program encounters a breakpoint. This is often the number of bytes in
56caf160 4643@code{BREAKPOINT}, though not always. For most targets this value will be 0.
c906108c 4644
56caf160
EZ
4645@item DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK (@var{addr})
4646@findex DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK
c906108c
SS
4647If defined, this should evaluate to 1 if @var{addr} is in a shared
4648library in which breakpoints cannot be set and so should be disabled.
4649
4a9bb1df
UW
4650@item int gdbarch_dwarf2_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{dwarf2_regnr})
4651@findex gdbarch_dwarf2_reg_to_regnum
4652Convert DWARF2 register number @var{dwarf2_regnr} into @value{GDBN} regnum.
4653If not defined, no conversion will be performed.
0dcedd82 4654
4a9bb1df
UW
4655@item int gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{ecoff_regnr})
4656@findex gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum
4657Convert ECOFF register number @var{ecoff_regnr} into @value{GDBN} regnum. If
4658not defined, no conversion will be performed.
c906108c 4659
c906108c 4660@item GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
56caf160
EZ
4661@itemx GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
4662@findex GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
4663@findex GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
4664If defined, these are the names of the symbols that @value{GDBN} will
4665look for to detect that GCC compiled the file. The default symbols
4666are @code{gcc_compiled.} and @code{gcc2_compiled.},
4667respectively. (Currently only defined for the Delta 68.)
c906108c 4668
4a9bb1df
UW
4669@item gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
4670@findex gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
1f70da6a
SS
4671This function determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp}
4672will jump to, assuming that we have just stopped at a @code{longjmp}
4673breakpoint. It takes a @code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the
4674target PC value through this pointer. It examines the current state
4675of the machine as needed, typically by using a manually-determined
587afa38 4676offset into the @code{jmp_buf}. (While we might like to get the offset
1f70da6a
SS
4677from the target's @file{jmpbuf.h}, that header file cannot be assumed
4678to be available when building a cross-debugger.)
c906108c 4679
268e2188
AC
4680@item DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
4681@findex DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
4682Shows that we are configured for an IBM RS/6000 system. This
c906108c 4683conditional should be eliminated (FIXME) and replaced by
1f70da6a 4684feature-specific macros. It was introduced in haste and we are
c906108c
SS
4685repenting at leisure.
4686
9742079a
EZ
4687@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
4688An x86-based target can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
4689support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
4690
4a9bb1df 4691@item gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{addr})
9e5abb06 4692@findex gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p
4a9bb1df 4693Returns non-zero if the given @var{addr} is in the epilogue of a function.
9e5abb06
CV
4694The epilogue of a function is defined as the part of a function where
4695the stack frame of the function already has been destroyed up to the
4696final `return from function call' instruction.
4697
4a9bb1df
UW
4698@item int gdbarch_in_solib_return_trampoline (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc}, @var{name})
4699@findex gdbarch_in_solib_return_trampoline
4700Define this function to return nonzero if the program is stopped in the
c906108c
SS
4701trampoline that returns from a shared library.
4702
cfd8ab24
SS
4703@item target_so_ops.in_dynsym_resolve_code (@var{pc})
4704@findex in_dynsym_resolve_code
4a9bb1df 4705Define this to return nonzero if the program is stopped in the
d4f3574e
SS
4706dynamic linker.
4707
56caf160
EZ
4708@item SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER (@var{pc})
4709@findex SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER
d4f3574e
SS
4710Define this to evaluate to the (nonzero) address at which execution
4711should continue to get past the dynamic linker's symbol resolution
4712function. A zero value indicates that it is not important or necessary
4713to set a breakpoint to get through the dynamic linker and that single
4714stepping will suffice.
4715
4a9bb1df
UW
4716@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_integer_to_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
4717@findex gdbarch_integer_to_address
fc0c74b1
AC
4718@cindex converting integers to addresses
4719Define this when the architecture needs to handle non-pointer to address
4720conversions specially. Converts that value to an address according to
4721the current architectures conventions.
4722
4723@emph{Pragmatics: When the user copies a well defined expression from
4724their source code and passes it, as a parameter, to @value{GDBN}'s
4725@code{print} command, they should get the same value as would have been
4726computed by the target program. Any deviation from this rule can cause
4727major confusion and annoyance, and needs to be justified carefully. In
4728other words, @value{GDBN} doesn't really have the freedom to do these
4729conversions in clever and useful ways. It has, however, been pointed
4730out that users aren't complaining about how @value{GDBN} casts integers
4731to pointers; they are complaining that they can't take an address from a
4732disassembly listing and give it to @code{x/i}. Adding an architecture
4a9bb1df 4733method like @code{gdbarch_integer_to_address} certainly makes it possible for
fc0c74b1
AC
4734@value{GDBN} to ``get it right'' in all circumstances.}
4735
4736@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always
4737Addresses}.
4738
4a9bb1df
UW
4739@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_pointer_to_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
4740@findex gdbarch_pointer_to_address
93e79dbd
JB
4741Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
4742appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
4743address the pointer refers to.
4744@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
4745
4a9bb1df
UW
4746@item void gdbarch_register_to_value(@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{regnum}, @var{type}, @var{fur})
4747@findex gdbarch_register_to_value
13d01224
AC
4748Convert the raw contents of register @var{regnum} into a value of type
4749@var{type}.
4281a42e 4750@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
9fb4dd36 4751
9fb4dd36 4752@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL(@var{reg}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 4753@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL
9fb4dd36 4754Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its raw form to its virtual
4281a42e 4755form.
13d01224 4756@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36
JB
4757
4758@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW(@var{type}, @var{reg}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 4759@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW
9fb4dd36 4760Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its virtual form to its raw
4281a42e 4761form.
13d01224 4762@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 4763
0ab4b752
MK
4764@item const struct regset *regset_from_core_section (struct gdbarch * @var{gdbarch}, const char * @var{sect_name}, size_t @var{sect_size})
4765@findex regset_from_core_section
4766Return the appropriate register set for a core file section with name
4767@var{sect_name} and size @var{sect_size}.
4768
b0ed3589 4769@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P()
56caf160 4770@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P
c906108c 4771Define this as 1 if the target does not have a hardware single-step
56caf160 4772mechanism. The macro @code{SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP} must also be defined.
c906108c 4773
d3e8051b 4774@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP(@var{signal}, @var{insert_breakpoints_p})
56caf160
EZ
4775@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP
4776A function that inserts or removes (depending on
d3e8051b 4777@var{insert_breakpoints_p}) breakpoints at each possible destinations of
587afa38 4778the next instruction. See @file{sparc-tdep.c} and @file{rs6000-tdep.c}
c906108c
SS
4779for examples.
4780
e35879db
UW
4781@item set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing (@var{gdbarch}, @var{set})
4782@findex set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing
4783Somebody clever observed that, the more actual addresses you have in the
4784debug information, the more time the linker has to spend relocating
4785them. So whenever there's some other way the debugger could find the
4786address it needs, you should omit it from the debug info, to make
4787linking faster.
4788
4789Calling @code{set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing} with a non-zero
4790argument @var{set} indicates that a particular set of hacks of this sort
4791are in use, affecting @code{N_SO} and @code{N_FUN} entries in stabs-format
4792debugging information. @code{N_SO} stabs mark the beginning and ending
4793addresses of compilation units in the text segment. @code{N_FUN} stabs
4794mark the starts and ends of functions.
4795
4796In this case, @value{GDBN} assumes two things:
4797
4798@itemize @bullet
4799@item
4800@code{N_FUN} stabs have an address of zero. Instead of using those
4801addresses, you should find the address where the function starts by
4802taking the function name from the stab, and then looking that up in the
4803minsyms (the linker/assembler symbol table). In other words, the stab
4804has the name, and the linker/assembler symbol table is the only place
4805that carries the address.
4806
4807@item
4808@code{N_SO} stabs have an address of zero, too. You just look at the
4809@code{N_FUN} stabs that appear before and after the @code{N_SO} stab, and
4810guess the starting and ending addresses of the compilation unit from them.
4811@end itemize
4812
4a9bb1df
UW
4813@item int gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type})
4814@findex gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr
4a9bb1df
UW
4815@anchor{gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr} Define this function to return
4816nonzero if a function argument of type @var{type} is passed by reference
4817instead of value.
a38c9fe6 4818
4a9bb1df
UW
4819@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_push_dummy_call (@var{gdbarch}, @var{function}, @var{regcache}, @var{bp_addr}, @var{nargs}, @var{args}, @var{sp}, @var{struct_return}, @var{struct_addr})
4820@findex gdbarch_push_dummy_call
4a9bb1df
UW
4821@anchor{gdbarch_push_dummy_call} Define this to push the dummy frame's call to
4822the inferior function onto the stack. In addition to pushing @var{nargs}, the
4823code should push @var{struct_addr} (when @var{struct_return} is non-zero), and
4824the return address (@var{bp_addr}).
c906108c 4825
86fe4aaa 4826@var{function} is a pointer to a @code{struct value}; on architectures that use
d4b6d575
RC
4827function descriptors, this contains the function descriptor value.
4828
b24da7d0 4829Returns the updated top-of-stack pointer.
b81774d8 4830
4a9bb1df
UW
4831@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_push_dummy_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sp}, @var{funaddr}, @var{using_gcc}, @var{args}, @var{nargs}, @var{value_type}, @var{real_pc}, @var{bp_addr}, @var{regcache})
4832@findex gdbarch_push_dummy_code
4833@anchor{gdbarch_push_dummy_code} Given a stack based call dummy, push the
7043d8dc
AC
4834instruction sequence (including space for a breakpoint) to which the
4835called function should return.
4836
4837Set @var{bp_addr} to the address at which the breakpoint instruction
4838should be inserted, @var{real_pc} to the resume address when starting
4839the call sequence, and return the updated inner-most stack address.
4840
4841By default, the stack is grown sufficient to hold a frame-aligned
4842(@pxref{frame_align}) breakpoint, @var{bp_addr} is set to the address
4843reserved for that breakpoint, and @var{real_pc} set to @var{funaddr}.
4844
1f70da6a 4845This method replaces @w{@code{gdbarch_call_dummy_location (@var{gdbarch})}}.
7043d8dc 4846
4a9bb1df
UW
4847@item int gdbarch_sdb_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sdb_regnr})
4848@findex gdbarch_sdb_reg_to_regnum
4849Use this function to convert sdb register @var{sdb_regnr} into @value{GDBN}
4850regnum. If not defined, no conversion will be done.
c906108c 4851
963e2bb7 4852@item enum return_value_convention gdbarch_return_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{valtype}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, void *@var{readbuf}, const void *@var{writebuf})
92ad9cd9
AC
4853@findex gdbarch_return_value
4854@anchor{gdbarch_return_value} Given a function with a return-value of
4855type @var{rettype}, return which return-value convention that function
4856would use.
4857
4858@value{GDBN} currently recognizes two function return-value conventions:
4859@code{RETURN_VALUE_REGISTER_CONVENTION} where the return value is found
4860in registers; and @code{RETURN_VALUE_STRUCT_CONVENTION} where the return
4861value is found in memory and the address of that memory location is
4862passed in as the function's first parameter.
4863
963e2bb7
AC
4864If the register convention is being used, and @var{writebuf} is
4865non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return-value in @var{writebuf} into
92ad9cd9
AC
4866@var{regcache}.
4867
963e2bb7 4868If the register convention is being used, and @var{readbuf} is
92ad9cd9 4869non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return value from @var{regcache} into
963e2bb7 4870@var{readbuf} (@var{regcache} contains a copy of the registers from the
92ad9cd9
AC
4871just returned function).
4872
92ad9cd9
AC
4873@emph{Maintainer note: This method replaces separate predicate, extract,
4874store methods. By having only one method, the logic needed to determine
4875the return-value convention need only be implemented in one place. If
4876@value{GDBN} were written in an @sc{oo} language, this method would
4877instead return an object that knew how to perform the register
4878return-value extract and store.}
4879
4880@emph{Maintainer note: This method does not take a @var{gcc_p}
4881parameter, and such a parameter should not be added. If an architecture
4882that requires per-compiler or per-function information be identified,
4883then the replacement of @var{rettype} with @code{struct value}
d3e8051b 4884@var{function} should be pursued.}
92ad9cd9
AC
4885
4886@emph{Maintainer note: The @var{regcache} parameter limits this methods
4887to the inner most frame. While replacing @var{regcache} with a
4888@code{struct frame_info} @var{frame} parameter would remove that
4889limitation there has yet to be a demonstrated need for such a change.}
4890
4a9bb1df
UW
4891@item void gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regcache})
4892@findex gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint
25822942 4893Advance the inferior's PC past a permanent breakpoint. @value{GDBN} normally
c2c6d25f
JM
4894steps over a breakpoint by removing it, stepping one instruction, and
4895re-inserting the breakpoint. However, permanent breakpoints are
4896hardwired into the inferior, and can't be removed, so this strategy
4a9bb1df
UW
4897doesn't work. Calling @code{gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint} adjusts the
4898processor's state so that execution will resume just after the breakpoint.
4899This function does the right thing even when the breakpoint is in the delay slot
c2c6d25f
JM
4900of a branch or jump.
4901
4a9bb1df
UW
4902@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_skip_trampoline_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{pc})
4903@findex gdbarch_skip_trampoline_code
c906108c 4904If the target machine has trampoline code that sits between callers and
4a9bb1df 4905the functions being called, then define this function to return a new PC
c906108c
SS
4906that is at the start of the real function.
4907
1f70da6a
SS
4908@item int gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
4909@findex gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum
4910If the frame pointer is in a register, use this function to return the
4911number of that register.
4912
4a9bb1df
UW
4913@item int gdbarch_stab_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{stab_regnr})
4914@findex gdbarch_stab_reg_to_regnum
4915Use this function to convert stab register @var{stab_regnr} into @value{GDBN}
4916regnum. If not defined, no conversion will be done.
4917
c906108c 4918@item SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
4919@findex SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
4920The default value of the ``symbol-reloading'' variable. (Never defined in
c906108c
SS
4921current sources.)
4922
c906108c 4923@item TARGET_CHAR_BIT
56caf160 4924@findex TARGET_CHAR_BIT
c906108c
SS
4925Number of bits in a char; defaults to 8.
4926
4a9bb1df
UW
4927@item int gdbarch_char_signed (@var{gdbarch})
4928@findex gdbarch_char_signed
c3d3ce5b
JB
4929Non-zero if @code{char} is normally signed on this architecture; zero if
4930it should be unsigned.
4931
4932The ISO C standard requires the compiler to treat @code{char} as
4933equivalent to either @code{signed char} or @code{unsigned char}; any
4934character in the standard execution set is supposed to be positive.
4935Most compilers treat @code{char} as signed, but @code{char} is unsigned
4936on the IBM S/390, RS6000, and PowerPC targets.
4937
4a9bb1df
UW
4938@item int gdbarch_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4939@findex gdbarch_double_bit
4940Number of bits in a double float; defaults to @w{@code{8 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4941
4a9bb1df
UW
4942@item int gdbarch_float_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4943@findex gdbarch_float_bit
4944Number of bits in a float; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
ac9a91a7 4945
4a9bb1df
UW
4946@item int gdbarch_int_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4947@findex gdbarch_int_bit
4948Number of bits in an integer; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4949
4a9bb1df
UW
4950@item int gdbarch_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4951@findex gdbarch_long_bit
4952Number of bits in a long integer; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4953
4a9bb1df
UW
4954@item int gdbarch_long_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4955@findex gdbarch_long_double_bit
c906108c 4956Number of bits in a long double float;
4a9bb1df
UW
4957defaults to @w{@code{2 * gdbarch_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4958
4959@item int gdbarch_long_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4960@findex gdbarch_long_long_bit
4961Number of bits in a long long integer; defaults to
4962@w{@code{2 * gdbarch_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4963
4964@item int gdbarch_ptr_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4965@findex gdbarch_ptr_bit
4966Number of bits in a pointer; defaults to
4967@w{@code{gdbarch_int_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4968
4969@item int gdbarch_short_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4970@findex gdbarch_short_bit
4971Number of bits in a short integer; defaults to @w{@code{2 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
4972
4a9bb1df
UW
4973@item void gdbarch_virtual_frame_pointer (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc}, @var{frame_regnum}, @var{frame_offset})
4974@findex gdbarch_virtual_frame_pointer
1f70da6a
SS
4975Returns a @code{(@var{register}, @var{offset})} pair representing the virtual
4976frame pointer in use at the code address @var{pc}. If virtual frame
4977pointers are not used, a default definition simply returns
4978@code{gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum} (or @code{gdbarch_sp_regnum}, if
4979no frame pointer is defined), with an offset of zero.
4980
587afa38
EZ
4981@c need to explain virtual frame pointers, they are recorded in agent
4982@c expressions for tracepoints
c906108c 4983
9742079a
EZ
4984@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
4985If non-zero, the target has support for hardware-assisted
4986watchpoints. @xref{Algorithms, watchpoints}, for more details and
4987other related macros.
4988
4a9bb1df
UW
4989@item int gdbarch_print_insn (@var{gdbarch}, @var{vma}, @var{info})
4990@findex gdbarch_print_insn
7ccaa899 4991This is the function used by @value{GDBN} to print an assembly
4a9bb1df 4992instruction. It prints the instruction at address @var{vma} in
1f70da6a
SS
4993debugged memory and returns the length of the instruction, in bytes.
4994This usually points to a function in the @code{opcodes} library
4995(@pxref{Support Libraries, ,Opcodes}). @var{info} is a structure (of
4996type @code{disassemble_info}) defined in the header file
4997@file{include/dis-asm.h}, and used to pass information to the
4998instruction decoding routine.
7ccaa899 4999
669fac23
DJ
5000@item frame_id gdbarch_dummy_id (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame})
5001@findex gdbarch_dummy_id
5002@anchor{gdbarch_dummy_id} Given @var{frame} return a @w{@code{struct
4a9bb1df 5003frame_id}} that uniquely identifies an inferior function call's dummy
b24da7d0 5004frame. The value returned must match the dummy frame stack value
669fac23 5005previously saved by @code{call_function_by_hand}.
6314f104 5006
4a9bb1df
UW
5007@item void gdbarch_value_to_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
5008@findex gdbarch_value_to_register
5009Convert a value of type @var{type} into the raw contents of a register.
13d01224
AC
5010@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
5011
c906108c
SS
5012@end table
5013
5014Motorola M68K target conditionals.
5015
56caf160 5016@ftable @code
c906108c
SS
5017@item BPT_VECTOR
5018Define this to be the 4-bit location of the breakpoint trap vector. If
5019not defined, it will default to @code{0xf}.
5020
5021@item REMOTE_BPT_VECTOR
5022Defaults to @code{1}.
a23a7bf1 5023
56caf160 5024@end ftable
c906108c 5025
b6fd0dfb 5026@node Adding a New Target
c906108c
SS
5027@section Adding a New Target
5028
56caf160 5029@cindex adding a target
af6c57ea 5030The following files add a target to @value{GDBN}:
c906108c
SS
5031
5032@table @file
f0323ca0 5033@cindex target dependent files
c906108c 5034
c906108c
SS
5035@item gdb/@var{ttt}-tdep.c
5036Contains any miscellaneous code required for this target machine. On
1f70da6a 5037some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c 5038
af6c57ea
AC
5039@item gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.c
5040@itemx gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.h
1f70da6a
SS
5041This is required to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
5042processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). It can be shared among many
5043targets that use the same processor architecture.
af6c57ea 5044
c906108c
SS
5045@end table
5046
1f70da6a
SS
5047(Target header files such as
5048@file{gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{ttt}.h},
5049@file{gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h}, and
5050@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h} are no longer used.)
c906108c 5051
587afa38
EZ
5052@findex _initialize_@var{arch}_tdep
5053A @value{GDBN} description for a new architecture, arch is created by
5054defining a global function @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep}, by
5055convention in the source file @file{@var{arch}-tdep.c}. For
5056example, in the case of the OpenRISC 1000, this function is called
5057@code{_initialize_or1k_tdep} and is found in the file
5058@file{or1k-tdep.c}.
5059
5060The object file resulting from compiling this source file, which will
5061contain the implementation of the
5062@code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} function is specified in the
5063@value{GDBN} @file{configure.tgt} file, which includes a large case
5064statement pattern matching against the @code{--target} option of the
5065@kbd{configure} script.
5066
5067@quotation
5068@emph{Note:} If the architecture requires multiple source files, the
5069corresponding binaries should be included in
5070@file{configure.tgt}. However if there are header files, the
5071dependencies on these will not be picked up from the entries in
5072@file{configure.tgt}. The @file{Makefile.in} file will need extending to
5073show these dependencies.
5074@end quotation
5075
5076@findex gdbarch_register
5077A new struct gdbarch, defining the new architecture, is created within
5078the @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} function by calling
5079@code{gdbarch_register}:
5080
5081@smallexample
5082void gdbarch_register (enum bfd_architecture architecture,
5083 gdbarch_init_ftype *init_func,
5084 gdbarch_dump_tdep_ftype *tdep_dump_func);
5085@end smallexample
5086
5087This function has been described fully in an earlier
5088section. @xref{How an Architecture is Represented, , How an
5089Architecture is Represented}.
5090
5091The new @code{@w{struct gdbarch}} should contain implementations of
5092the necessary functions (described in the previous sections) to
5093describe the basic layout of the target machine's processor chip
5094(registers, stack, etc.). It can be shared among many targets that use
5095the same processor architecture.
5096
123dc839
DJ
5097@node Target Descriptions
5098@chapter Target Descriptions
5099@cindex target descriptions
5100
5101The target architecture definition (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition})
5102contains @value{GDBN}'s hard-coded knowledge about an architecture. For
5103some platforms, it is handy to have more flexible knowledge about a specific
5104instance of the architecture---for instance, a processor or development board.
5105@dfn{Target descriptions} provide a mechanism for the user to tell @value{GDBN}
5106more about what their target supports, or for the target to tell @value{GDBN}
5107directly.
5108
5109For details on writing, automatically supplying, and manually selecting
5110target descriptions, see @ref{Target Descriptions, , , gdb,
5111Debugging with @value{GDBN}}. This section will cover some related
5112topics about the @value{GDBN} internals.
5113
5114@menu
5115* Target Descriptions Implementation::
5116* Adding Target Described Register Support::
5117@end menu
5118
5119@node Target Descriptions Implementation
5120@section Target Descriptions Implementation
5121@cindex target descriptions, implementation
5122
5123Before @value{GDBN} connects to a new target, or runs a new program on
5124an existing target, it discards any existing target description and
5125reverts to a default gdbarch. Then, after connecting, it looks for a
5126new target description by calling @code{target_find_description}.
5127
5128A description may come from a user specified file (XML), the remote
5129@samp{qXfer:features:read} packet (also XML), or from any custom
5130@code{to_read_description} routine in the target vector. For instance,
5131the remote target supports guessing whether a MIPS target is 32-bit or
513264-bit based on the size of the @samp{g} packet.
5133
5134If any target description is found, @value{GDBN} creates a new gdbarch
5135incorporating the description by calling @code{gdbarch_update_p}. Any
5136@samp{<architecture>} element is handled first, to determine which
5137architecture's gdbarch initialization routine is called to create the
5138new architecture. Then the initialization routine is called, and has
5139a chance to adjust the constructed architecture based on the contents
5140of the target description. For instance, it can recognize any
5141properties set by a @code{to_read_description} routine. Also
5142see @ref{Adding Target Described Register Support}.
5143
5144@node Adding Target Described Register Support
5145@section Adding Target Described Register Support
5146@cindex target descriptions, adding register support
5147
5148Target descriptions can report additional registers specific to an
5149instance of the target. But it takes a little work in the architecture
5150specific routines to support this.
5151
5152A target description must either have no registers or a complete
5153set---this avoids complexity in trying to merge standard registers
5154with the target defined registers. It is the architecture's
5155responsibility to validate that a description with registers has
5156everything it needs. To keep architecture code simple, the same
5157mechanism is used to assign fixed internal register numbers to
5158standard registers.
5159
5160If @code{tdesc_has_registers} returns 1, the description contains
5161registers. The architecture's @code{gdbarch_init} routine should:
5162
5163@itemize @bullet
5164
5165@item
5166Call @code{tdesc_data_alloc} to allocate storage, early, before
5167searching for a matching gdbarch or allocating a new one.
5168
5169@item
5170Use @code{tdesc_find_feature} to locate standard features by name.
5171
5172@item
5173Use @code{tdesc_numbered_register} and @code{tdesc_numbered_register_choices}
5174to locate the expected registers in the standard features.
5175
5176@item
5177Return @code{NULL} if a required feature is missing, or if any standard
5178feature is missing expected registers. This will produce a warning that
5179the description was incomplete.
5180
5181@item
5182Free the allocated data before returning, unless @code{tdesc_use_registers}
5183is called.
5184
5185@item
5186Call @code{set_gdbarch_num_regs} as usual, with a number higher than any
5187fixed number passed to @code{tdesc_numbered_register}.
5188
5189@item
5190Call @code{tdesc_use_registers} after creating a new gdbarch, before
5191returning it.
5192
5193@end itemize
5194
5195After @code{tdesc_use_registers} has been called, the architecture's
5196@code{register_name}, @code{register_type}, and @code{register_reggroup_p}
5197routines will not be called; that information will be taken from
5198the target description. @code{num_regs} may be increased to account
5199for any additional registers in the description.
5200
5201Pseudo-registers require some extra care:
5202
5203@itemize @bullet
5204
5205@item
5206Using @code{tdesc_numbered_register} allows the architecture to give
5207constant register numbers to standard architectural registers, e.g.@:
5208as an @code{enum} in @file{@var{arch}-tdep.h}. But because
5209pseudo-registers are always numbered above @code{num_regs},
5210which may be increased by the description, constant numbers
5211can not be used for pseudos. They must be numbered relative to
5212@code{num_regs} instead.
5213
5214@item
5215The description will not describe pseudo-registers, so the
5216architecture must call @code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_name},
5217@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_type}, and
5218@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_reggroup_p} to supply routines
5219describing pseudo registers. These routines will be passed
5220internal register numbers, so the same routines used for the
5221gdbarch equivalents are usually suitable.
5222
5223@end itemize
5224
5225
c906108c
SS
5226@node Target Vector Definition
5227
5228@chapter Target Vector Definition
56caf160 5229@cindex target vector
c906108c 5230
56caf160
EZ
5231The target vector defines the interface between @value{GDBN}'s
5232abstract handling of target systems, and the nitty-gritty code that
5233actually exercises control over a process or a serial port.
5234@value{GDBN} includes some 30-40 different target vectors; however,
5235each configuration of @value{GDBN} includes only a few of them.
c906108c 5236
52bb452f
DJ
5237@menu
5238* Managing Execution State::
5239* Existing Targets::
5240@end menu
5241
5242@node Managing Execution State
5243@section Managing Execution State
5244@cindex execution state
5245
5246A target vector can be completely inactive (not pushed on the target
5247stack), active but not running (pushed, but not connected to a fully
5248manifested inferior), or completely active (pushed, with an accessible
5249inferior). Most targets are only completely inactive or completely
d3e8051b 5250active, but some support persistent connections to a target even
52bb452f
DJ
5251when the target has exited or not yet started.
5252
5253For example, connecting to the simulator using @code{target sim} does
5254not create a running program. Neither registers nor memory are
5255accessible until @code{run}. Similarly, after @code{kill}, the
5256program can not continue executing. But in both cases @value{GDBN}
5257remains connected to the simulator, and target-specific commands
5258are directed to the simulator.
5259
5260A target which only supports complete activation should push itself
5261onto the stack in its @code{to_open} routine (by calling
5262@code{push_target}), and unpush itself from the stack in its
5263@code{to_mourn_inferior} routine (by calling @code{unpush_target}).
5264
5265A target which supports both partial and complete activation should
5266still call @code{push_target} in @code{to_open}, but not call
5267@code{unpush_target} in @code{to_mourn_inferior}. Instead, it should
5268call either @code{target_mark_running} or @code{target_mark_exited}
5269in its @code{to_open}, depending on whether the target is fully active
5270after connection. It should also call @code{target_mark_running} any
5271time the inferior becomes fully active (e.g.@: in
5272@code{to_create_inferior} and @code{to_attach}), and
5273@code{target_mark_exited} when the inferior becomes inactive (in
5274@code{to_mourn_inferior}). The target should also make sure to call
5275@code{target_mourn_inferior} from its @code{to_kill}, to return the
5276target to inactive state.
5277
5278@node Existing Targets
5279@section Existing Targets
5280@cindex targets
5281
5282@subsection File Targets
c906108c
SS
5283
5284Both executables and core files have target vectors.
5285
52bb452f 5286@subsection Standard Protocol and Remote Stubs
c906108c 5287
587afa38
EZ
5288@value{GDBN}'s file @file{remote.c} talks a serial protocol to code that
5289runs in the target system. @value{GDBN} provides several sample
56caf160 5290@dfn{stubs} that can be integrated into target programs or operating
587afa38 5291systems for this purpose; they are named @file{@var{cpu}-stub.c}. Many
1f70da6a 5292operating systems, embedded targets, emulators, and simulators already
587afa38 5293have a @value{GDBN} stub built into them, and maintenance of the remote
1f70da6a 5294protocol must be careful to preserve compatibility.
c906108c 5295
56caf160
EZ
5296The @value{GDBN} user's manual describes how to put such a stub into
5297your target code. What follows is a discussion of integrating the
5298SPARC stub into a complicated operating system (rather than a simple
5299program), by Stu Grossman, the author of this stub.
c906108c
SS
5300
5301The trap handling code in the stub assumes the following upon entry to
56caf160 5302@code{trap_low}:
c906108c
SS
5303
5304@enumerate
56caf160
EZ
5305@item
5306%l1 and %l2 contain pc and npc respectively at the time of the trap;
c906108c 5307
56caf160
EZ
5308@item
5309traps are disabled;
c906108c 5310
56caf160
EZ
5311@item
5312you are in the correct trap window.
c906108c
SS
5313@end enumerate
5314
5315As long as your trap handler can guarantee those conditions, then there
56caf160 5316is no reason why you shouldn't be able to ``share'' traps with the stub.
c906108c
SS
5317The stub has no requirement that it be jumped to directly from the
5318hardware trap vector. That is why it calls @code{exceptionHandler()},
5319which is provided by the external environment. For instance, this could
56caf160 5320set up the hardware traps to actually execute code which calls the stub
c906108c
SS
5321first, and then transfers to its own trap handler.
5322
5323For the most point, there probably won't be much of an issue with
56caf160 5324``sharing'' traps, as the traps we use are usually not used by the kernel,
c906108c
SS
5325and often indicate unrecoverable error conditions. Anyway, this is all
5326controlled by a table, and is trivial to modify. The most important
5327trap for us is for @code{ta 1}. Without that, we can't single step or
5328do breakpoints. Everything else is unnecessary for the proper operation
5329of the debugger/stub.
5330
5331From reading the stub, it's probably not obvious how breakpoints work.
25822942 5332They are simply done by deposit/examine operations from @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 5333
52bb452f 5334@subsection ROM Monitor Interface
c906108c 5335
52bb452f 5336@subsection Custom Protocols
c906108c 5337
52bb452f 5338@subsection Transport Layer
c906108c 5339
52bb452f 5340@subsection Builtin Simulator
c906108c
SS
5341
5342
5343@node Native Debugging
5344
5345@chapter Native Debugging
56caf160 5346@cindex native debugging
c906108c 5347
25822942 5348Several files control @value{GDBN}'s configuration for native support:
c906108c
SS
5349
5350@table @file
56caf160 5351@vindex NATDEPFILES
c906108c 5352@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527 5353Specifies Makefile fragments needed by a @emph{native} configuration on
c906108c
SS
5354machine @var{xyz}. In particular, this lists the required
5355native-dependent object files, by defining @samp{NATDEPFILES=@dots{}}.
5356Also specifies the header file which describes native support on
5357@var{xyz}, by defining @samp{NAT_FILE= nm-@var{xyz}.h}. You can also
5358define @samp{NAT_CFLAGS}, @samp{NAT_ADD_FILES}, @samp{NAT_CLIBS},
3d0bb823 5359@samp{NAT_CDEPS}, @samp{NAT_GENERATED_FILES}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 5360
7fd60527
AC
5361@emph{Maintainer's note: The @file{.mh} suffix is because this file
5362originally contained @file{Makefile} fragments for hosting @value{GDBN}
5363on machine @var{xyz}. While the file is no longer used for this
937f164b 5364purpose, the @file{.mh} suffix remains. Perhaps someone will
7fd60527
AC
5365eventually rename these fragments so that they have a @file{.mn}
5366suffix.}
5367
c906108c 5368@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/nm-@var{xyz}.h
56caf160 5369(@file{nm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains C
c906108c
SS
5370macro definitions describing the native system environment, such as
5371child process control and core file support.
5372
5373@item gdb/@var{xyz}-nat.c
5374Contains any miscellaneous C code required for this native support of
5375this machine. On some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c
SS
5376@end table
5377
5378There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
5379various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
5380defined in your @file{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
5381the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
5382@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{NATDEPFILES}.
5383
5384Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
5385to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
56caf160 5386Put them into @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c}, and put @file{@var{xyz}-nat.o}
c906108c
SS
5387into @code{NATDEPFILES}.
5388
5389@table @file
c906108c
SS
5390@item inftarg.c
5391This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
5392processes on systems which use ptrace and wait to control the child.
5393
5394@item procfs.c
5395This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
5396processes on systems which use /proc to control the child.
5397
5398@item fork-child.c
56caf160
EZ
5399This does the low-level grunge that uses Unix system calls to do a ``fork
5400and exec'' to start up a child process.
c906108c
SS
5401
5402@item infptrace.c
5403This is the low level interface to inferior processes for systems using
5404the Unix @code{ptrace} call in a vanilla way.
c906108c
SS
5405@end table
5406
c906108c
SS
5407@section ptrace
5408
5409@section /proc
5410
5411@section win32
5412
5413@section shared libraries
5414
5415@section Native Conditionals
56caf160 5416@cindex native conditionals
c906108c 5417
56caf160
EZ
5418When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
5419defined or left undefined, to control compilation when the host and
5420target systems are the same. These macros should be defined (or left
5421undefined) in @file{nm-@var{system}.h}.
c906108c 5422
1f6d4158
AC
5423@table @code
5424
9742079a
EZ
5425@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
5426An x86-based machine can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
5427support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
5428
990f9fe3 5429@item SOLIB_ADD (@var{filename}, @var{from_tty}, @var{targ}, @var{readsyms})
56caf160 5430@findex SOLIB_ADD
c906108c 5431Define this to expand into an expression that will cause the symbols in
587afa38 5432@var{filename} to be added to @value{GDBN}'s symbol table. If
990f9fe3
FF
5433@var{readsyms} is zero symbols are not read but any necessary low level
5434processing for @var{filename} is still done.
c906108c
SS
5435
5436@item SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
56caf160 5437@findex SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
c906108c
SS
5438Define this to expand into any shared-library-relocation code that you
5439want to be run just after the child process has been forked.
5440
5441@item START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
56caf160
EZ
5442@findex START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
5443When starting an inferior, @value{GDBN} normally expects to trap
5444twice; once when
c906108c
SS
5445the shell execs, and once when the program itself execs. If the actual
5446number of traps is something other than 2, then define this macro to
5447expand into the number expected.
5448
c906108c
SS
5449@end table
5450
c906108c
SS
5451@node Support Libraries
5452
5453@chapter Support Libraries
5454
5455@section BFD
56caf160 5456@cindex BFD library
c906108c 5457
25822942 5458BFD provides support for @value{GDBN} in several ways:
c906108c
SS
5459
5460@table @emph
c906108c
SS
5461@item identifying executable and core files
5462BFD will identify a variety of file types, including a.out, coff, and
5463several variants thereof, as well as several kinds of core files.
5464
5465@item access to sections of files
5466BFD parses the file headers to determine the names, virtual addresses,
5467sizes, and file locations of all the various named sections in files
56caf160
EZ
5468(such as the text section or the data section). @value{GDBN} simply
5469calls BFD to read or write section @var{x} at byte offset @var{y} for
5470length @var{z}.
c906108c
SS
5471
5472@item specialized core file support
5473BFD provides routines to determine the failing command name stored in a
5474core file, the signal with which the program failed, and whether a core
56caf160 5475file matches (i.e.@: could be a core dump of) a particular executable
c906108c
SS
5476file.
5477
5478@item locating the symbol information
25822942
DB
5479@value{GDBN} uses an internal interface of BFD to determine where to find the
5480symbol information in an executable file or symbol-file. @value{GDBN} itself
c906108c 5481handles the reading of symbols, since BFD does not ``understand'' debug
25822942 5482symbols, but @value{GDBN} uses BFD's cached information to find the symbols,
c906108c 5483string table, etc.
c906108c
SS
5484@end table
5485
5486@section opcodes
56caf160 5487@cindex opcodes library
c906108c 5488
25822942 5489The opcodes library provides @value{GDBN}'s disassembler. (It's a separate
c906108c
SS
5490library because it's also used in binutils, for @file{objdump}).
5491
5492@section readline
86f04699
EZ
5493@cindex readline library
5494The @code{readline} library provides a set of functions for use by applications
5495that allow users to edit command lines as they are typed in.
c906108c
SS
5496
5497@section libiberty
1eb288ea
EZ
5498@cindex @code{libiberty} library
5499
5500The @code{libiberty} library provides a set of functions and features
5501that integrate and improve on functionality found in modern operating
5502systems. Broadly speaking, such features can be divided into three
5503groups: supplemental functions (functions that may be missing in some
5504environments and operating systems), replacement functions (providing
5505a uniform and easier to use interface for commonly used standard
5506functions), and extensions (which provide additional functionality
5507beyond standard functions).
5508
5509@value{GDBN} uses various features provided by the @code{libiberty}
5510library, for instance the C@t{++} demangler, the @acronym{IEEE}
5511floating format support functions, the input options parser
5512@samp{getopt}, the @samp{obstack} extension, and other functions.
5513
5514@subsection @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN}
5515@cindex @code{obstacks}
5516
5517The obstack mechanism provides a convenient way to allocate and free
5518chunks of memory. Each obstack is a pool of memory that is managed
5519like a stack. Objects (of any nature, size and alignment) are
5520allocated and freed in a @acronym{LIFO} fashion on an obstack (see
d3e8051b 5521@code{libiberty}'s documentation for a more detailed explanation of
1eb288ea
EZ
5522@code{obstacks}).
5523
5524The most noticeable use of the @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN} is in
5525object files. There is an obstack associated with each internal
5526representation of an object file. Lots of things get allocated on
5527these @code{obstacks}: dictionary entries, blocks, blockvectors,
5528symbols, minimal symbols, types, vectors of fundamental types, class
5529fields of types, object files section lists, object files section
d3e8051b 5530offset lists, line tables, symbol tables, partial symbol tables,
1eb288ea
EZ
5531string tables, symbol table private data, macros tables, debug
5532information sections and entries, import and export lists (som),
5533unwind information (hppa), dwarf2 location expressions data. Plus
5534various strings such as directory names strings, debug format strings,
5535names of types.
5536
5537An essential and convenient property of all data on @code{obstacks} is
5538that memory for it gets allocated (with @code{obstack_alloc}) at
d3e8051b 5539various times during a debugging session, but it is released all at
1eb288ea
EZ
5540once using the @code{obstack_free} function. The @code{obstack_free}
5541function takes a pointer to where in the stack it must start the
5542deletion from (much like the cleanup chains have a pointer to where to
5543start the cleanups). Because of the stack like structure of the
5544@code{obstacks}, this allows to free only a top portion of the
5545obstack. There are a few instances in @value{GDBN} where such thing
5546happens. Calls to @code{obstack_free} are done after some local data
5547is allocated to the obstack. Only the local data is deleted from the
5548obstack. Of course this assumes that nothing between the
5549@code{obstack_alloc} and the @code{obstack_free} allocates anything
5550else on the same obstack. For this reason it is best and safest to
5551use temporary @code{obstacks}.
5552
5553Releasing the whole obstack is also not safe per se. It is safe only
5554under the condition that we know the @code{obstacks} memory is no
5555longer needed. In @value{GDBN} we get rid of the @code{obstacks} only
5556when we get rid of the whole objfile(s), for instance upon reading a
5557new symbol file.
c906108c
SS
5558
5559@section gnu-regex
56caf160 5560@cindex regular expressions library
c906108c
SS
5561
5562Regex conditionals.
5563
5564@table @code
c906108c
SS
5565@item C_ALLOCA
5566
5567@item NFAILURES
5568
5569@item RE_NREGS
5570
5571@item SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR
5572
5573@item SWITCH_ENUM_BUG
5574
5575@item SYNTAX_TABLE
5576
5577@item Sword
5578
5579@item sparc
c906108c
SS
5580@end table
5581
350da6ee
DJ
5582@section Array Containers
5583@cindex Array Containers
5584@cindex VEC
5585
5586Often it is necessary to manipulate a dynamic array of a set of
5587objects. C forces some bookkeeping on this, which can get cumbersome
d3e8051b 5588and repetitive. The @file{vec.h} file contains macros for defining
350da6ee
DJ
5589and using a typesafe vector type. The functions defined will be
5590inlined when compiling, and so the abstraction cost should be zero.
5591Domain checks are added to detect programming errors.
5592
5593An example use would be an array of symbols or section information.
5594The array can be grown as symbols are read in (or preallocated), and
5595the accessor macros provided keep care of all the necessary
5596bookkeeping. Because the arrays are type safe, there is no danger of
5597accidentally mixing up the contents. Think of these as C++ templates,
5598but implemented in C.
5599
5600Because of the different behavior of structure objects, scalar objects
5601and of pointers, there are three flavors of vector, one for each of
5602these variants. Both the structure object and pointer variants pass
5603pointers to objects around --- in the former case the pointers are
5604stored into the vector and in the latter case the pointers are
5605dereferenced and the objects copied into the vector. The scalar
5606object variant is suitable for @code{int}-like objects, and the vector
5607elements are returned by value.
5608
5609There are both @code{index} and @code{iterate} accessors. The iterator
5610returns a boolean iteration condition and updates the iteration
5611variable passed by reference. Because the iterator will be inlined,
5612the address-of can be optimized away.
5613
5614The vectors are implemented using the trailing array idiom, thus they
5615are not resizeable without changing the address of the vector object
5616itself. This means you cannot have variables or fields of vector type
5617--- always use a pointer to a vector. The one exception is the final
5618field of a structure, which could be a vector type. You will have to
5619use the @code{embedded_size} & @code{embedded_init} calls to create
5620such objects, and they will probably not be resizeable (so don't use
5621the @dfn{safe} allocation variants). The trailing array idiom is used
5622(rather than a pointer to an array of data), because, if we allow
5623@code{NULL} to also represent an empty vector, empty vectors occupy
5624minimal space in the structure containing them.
5625
5626Each operation that increases the number of active elements is
5627available in @dfn{quick} and @dfn{safe} variants. The former presumes
5628that there is sufficient allocated space for the operation to succeed
5629(it dies if there is not). The latter will reallocate the vector, if
5630needed. Reallocation causes an exponential increase in vector size.
5631If you know you will be adding N elements, it would be more efficient
5632to use the reserve operation before adding the elements with the
5633@dfn{quick} operation. This will ensure there are at least as many
5634elements as you ask for, it will exponentially increase if there are
5635too few spare slots. If you want reserve a specific number of slots,
5636but do not want the exponential increase (for instance, you know this
5637is the last allocation), use a negative number for reservation. You
5638can also create a vector of a specific size from the get go.
5639
5640You should prefer the push and pop operations, as they append and
587afa38 5641remove from the end of the vector. If you need to remove several items
350da6ee
DJ
5642in one go, use the truncate operation. The insert and remove
5643operations allow you to change elements in the middle of the vector.
5644There are two remove operations, one which preserves the element
5645ordering @code{ordered_remove}, and one which does not
5646@code{unordered_remove}. The latter function copies the end element
5647into the removed slot, rather than invoke a memmove operation. The
5648@code{lower_bound} function will determine where to place an item in
5649the array using insert that will maintain sorted order.
5650
5651If you need to directly manipulate a vector, then the @code{address}
5652accessor will return the address of the start of the vector. Also the
5653@code{space} predicate will tell you whether there is spare capacity in the
5654vector. You will not normally need to use these two functions.
5655
5656Vector types are defined using a
5657@code{DEF_VEC_@{O,P,I@}(@var{typename})} macro. Variables of vector
5658type are declared using a @code{VEC(@var{typename})} macro. The
5659characters @code{O}, @code{P} and @code{I} indicate whether
5660@var{typename} is an object (@code{O}), pointer (@code{P}) or integral
5661(@code{I}) type. Be careful to pick the correct one, as you'll get an
5662awkward and inefficient API if you use the wrong one. There is a
5663check, which results in a compile-time warning, for the @code{P} and
5664@code{I} versions, but there is no check for the @code{O} versions, as
5665that is not possible in plain C.
5666
5667An example of their use would be,
5668
5669@smallexample
5670DEF_VEC_P(tree); // non-managed tree vector.
5671
5672struct my_struct @{
5673 VEC(tree) *v; // A (pointer to) a vector of tree pointers.
5674@};
5675
5676struct my_struct *s;
5677
5678if (VEC_length(tree, s->v)) @{ we have some contents @}
5679VEC_safe_push(tree, s->v, decl); // append some decl onto the end
5680for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(tree, s->v, ix, elt); ix++)
5681 @{ do something with elt @}
5682
5683@end smallexample
5684
5685The @file{vec.h} file provides details on how to invoke the various
5686accessors provided. They are enumerated here:
5687
5688@table @code
5689@item VEC_length
5690Return the number of items in the array,
5691
5692@item VEC_empty
5693Return true if the array has no elements.
5694
5695@item VEC_last
5696@itemx VEC_index
5697Return the last or arbitrary item in the array.
5698
5699@item VEC_iterate
5700Access an array element and indicate whether the array has been
5701traversed.
5702
5703@item VEC_alloc
5704@itemx VEC_free
5705Create and destroy an array.
5706
5707@item VEC_embedded_size
5708@itemx VEC_embedded_init
5709Helpers for embedding an array as the final element of another struct.
5710
5711@item VEC_copy
5712Duplicate an array.
5713
5714@item VEC_space
5715Return the amount of free space in an array.
5716
5717@item VEC_reserve
5718Ensure a certain amount of free space.
5719
5720@item VEC_quick_push
5721@itemx VEC_safe_push
5722Append to an array, either assuming the space is available, or making
5723sure that it is.
5724
5725@item VEC_pop
5726Remove the last item from an array.
5727
5728@item VEC_truncate
5729Remove several items from the end of an array.
5730
5731@item VEC_safe_grow
5732Add several items to the end of an array.
5733
5734@item VEC_replace
5735Overwrite an item in the array.
5736
5737@item VEC_quick_insert
5738@itemx VEC_safe_insert
5739Insert an item into the middle of the array. Either the space must
5740already exist, or the space is created.
5741
5742@item VEC_ordered_remove
5743@itemx VEC_unordered_remove
5744Remove an item from the array, preserving order or not.
5745
5746@item VEC_block_remove
5747Remove a set of items from the array.
5748
5749@item VEC_address
5750Provide the address of the first element.
5751
5752@item VEC_lower_bound
5753Binary search the array.
5754
5755@end table
5756
c906108c
SS
5757@section include
5758
5759@node Coding
5760
5761@chapter Coding
5762
5763This chapter covers topics that are lower-level than the major
25822942 5764algorithms of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
5765
5766@section Cleanups
56caf160 5767@cindex cleanups
c906108c
SS
5768
5769Cleanups are a structured way to deal with things that need to be done
cc1cb004 5770later.
c906108c 5771
cc1cb004
AC
5772When your code does something (e.g., @code{xmalloc} some memory, or
5773@code{open} a file) that needs to be undone later (e.g., @code{xfree}
5774the memory or @code{close} the file), it can make a cleanup. The
5775cleanup will be done at some future point: when the command is finished
5776and control returns to the top level; when an error occurs and the stack
5777is unwound; or when your code decides it's time to explicitly perform
5778cleanups. Alternatively you can elect to discard the cleanups you
5779created.
c906108c
SS
5780
5781Syntax:
5782
5783@table @code
c906108c
SS
5784@item struct cleanup *@var{old_chain};
5785Declare a variable which will hold a cleanup chain handle.
5786
56caf160 5787@findex make_cleanup
c906108c
SS
5788@item @var{old_chain} = make_cleanup (@var{function}, @var{arg});
5789Make a cleanup which will cause @var{function} to be called with
5790@var{arg} (a @code{char *}) later. The result, @var{old_chain}, is a
cc1cb004
AC
5791handle that can later be passed to @code{do_cleanups} or
5792@code{discard_cleanups}. Unless you are going to call
5793@code{do_cleanups} or @code{discard_cleanups}, you can ignore the result
5794from @code{make_cleanup}.
c906108c 5795
56caf160 5796@findex do_cleanups
c906108c 5797@item do_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
cc1cb004
AC
5798Do all cleanups added to the chain since the corresponding
5799@code{make_cleanup} call was made.
5800
5801@findex discard_cleanups
5802@item discard_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
5803Same as @code{do_cleanups} except that it just removes the cleanups from
5804the chain and does not call the specified functions.
5805@end table
5806
5807Cleanups are implemented as a chain. The handle returned by
5808@code{make_cleanups} includes the cleanup passed to the call and any
5809later cleanups appended to the chain (but not yet discarded or
5810performed). E.g.:
56caf160 5811
474c8240 5812@smallexample
c906108c 5813make_cleanup (a, 0);
cc1cb004
AC
5814@{
5815 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (b, 0);
5816 make_cleanup (c, 0)
5817 ...
5818 do_cleanups (old);
5819@}
474c8240 5820@end smallexample
56caf160 5821
c906108c 5822@noindent
cc1cb004
AC
5823will call @code{c()} and @code{b()} but will not call @code{a()}. The
5824cleanup that calls @code{a()} will remain in the cleanup chain, and will
5825be done later unless otherwise discarded.@refill
5826
5827Your function should explicitly do or discard the cleanups it creates.
5828Failing to do this leads to non-deterministic behavior since the caller
5829will arbitrarily do or discard your functions cleanups. This need leads
5830to two common cleanup styles.
5831
5832The first style is try/finally. Before it exits, your code-block calls
5833@code{do_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that your
5834code-block's cleanups are always performed. For instance, the following
5835code-segment avoids a memory leak problem (even when @code{error} is
5836called and a forced stack unwind occurs) by ensuring that the
5837@code{xfree} will always be called:
c906108c 5838
474c8240 5839@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5840struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5841data = xmalloc (sizeof blah);
5842make_cleanup (xfree, data);
5843... blah blah ...
5844do_cleanups (old);
474c8240 5845@end smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5846
5847The second style is try/except. Before it exits, your code-block calls
5848@code{discard_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that
5849any created cleanups are not performed. For instance, the following
5850code segment, ensures that the file will be closed but only if there is
5851an error:
5852
474c8240 5853@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5854FILE *file = fopen ("afile", "r");
5855struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (close_file, file);
5856... blah blah ...
5857discard_cleanups (old);
5858return file;
474c8240 5859@end smallexample
c906108c 5860
c1468174 5861Some functions, e.g., @code{fputs_filtered()} or @code{error()}, specify
c906108c
SS
5862that they ``should not be called when cleanups are not in place''. This
5863means that any actions you need to reverse in the case of an error or
5864interruption must be on the cleanup chain before you call these
5865functions, since they might never return to your code (they
5866@samp{longjmp} instead).
5867
ba8c9337
AC
5868@section Per-architecture module data
5869@cindex per-architecture module data
5870@cindex multi-arch data
5871@cindex data-pointer, per-architecture/per-module
5872
fc989b7a
AC
5873The multi-arch framework includes a mechanism for adding module
5874specific per-architecture data-pointers to the @code{struct gdbarch}
5875architecture object.
5876
5877A module registers one or more per-architecture data-pointers using:
5878
587afa38 5879@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {struct gdbarch_data *} gdbarch_data_register_pre_init (gdbarch_data_pre_init_ftype *@var{pre_init})
fc989b7a
AC
5880@var{pre_init} is used to, on-demand, allocate an initial value for a
5881per-architecture data-pointer using the architecture's obstack (passed
5882in as a parameter). Since @var{pre_init} can be called during
5883architecture creation, it is not parameterized with the architecture.
5884and must not call modules that use per-architecture data.
587afa38 5885@end deftypefn
ba8c9337 5886
587afa38 5887@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {struct gdbarch_data *} gdbarch_data_register_post_init (gdbarch_data_post_init_ftype *@var{post_init})
fc989b7a
AC
5888@var{post_init} is used to obtain an initial value for a
5889per-architecture data-pointer @emph{after}. Since @var{post_init} is
5890always called after architecture creation, it both receives the fully
5891initialized architecture and is free to call modules that use
5892per-architecture data (care needs to be taken to ensure that those
5893other modules do not try to call back to this module as that will
5894create in cycles in the initialization call graph).
587afa38 5895@end deftypefn
ba8c9337 5896
fc989b7a
AC
5897These functions return a @code{struct gdbarch_data} that is used to
5898identify the per-architecture data-pointer added for that module.
ba8c9337 5899
fc989b7a 5900The per-architecture data-pointer is accessed using the function:
ba8c9337 5901
587afa38 5902@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {void *} gdbarch_data (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct gdbarch_data *@var{data_handle})
fc989b7a
AC
5903Given the architecture @var{arch} and module data handle
5904@var{data_handle} (returned by @code{gdbarch_data_register_pre_init}
5905or @code{gdbarch_data_register_post_init}), this function returns the
5906current value of the per-architecture data-pointer. If the data
5907pointer is @code{NULL}, it is first initialized by calling the
5908corresponding @var{pre_init} or @var{post_init} method.
587afa38 5909@end deftypefn
ba8c9337 5910
fc989b7a 5911The examples below assume the following definitions:
ba8c9337
AC
5912
5913@smallexample
e7f16015 5914struct nozel @{ int total; @};
ba8c9337 5915static struct gdbarch_data *nozel_handle;
ba8c9337
AC
5916@end smallexample
5917
fc989b7a
AC
5918A module can extend the architecture vector, adding additional
5919per-architecture data, using the @var{pre_init} method. The module's
5920per-architecture data is then initialized during architecture
5921creation.
ba8c9337 5922
fc989b7a
AC
5923In the below, the module's per-architecture @emph{nozel} is added. An
5924architecture can specify its nozel by calling @code{set_gdbarch_nozel}
5925from @code{gdbarch_init}.
ba8c9337
AC
5926
5927@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5928static void *
5929nozel_pre_init (struct obstack *obstack)
ba8c9337 5930@{
fc989b7a
AC
5931 struct nozel *data = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (obstack, struct nozel);
5932 return data;
5933@}
ba8c9337
AC
5934@end smallexample
5935
ba8c9337 5936@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5937extern void
5938set_gdbarch_nozel (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int total)
ba8c9337 5939@{
ba8c9337 5940 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
fc989b7a 5941 data->total = nozel;
ba8c9337
AC
5942@}
5943@end smallexample
5944
587afa38 5945A module can on-demand create architecture dependent data structures
fc989b7a 5946using @code{post_init}.
ba8c9337 5947
fc989b7a
AC
5948In the below, the nozel's total is computed on-demand by
5949@code{nozel_post_init} using information obtained from the
5950architecture.
ba8c9337
AC
5951
5952@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5953static void *
5954nozel_post_init (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 5955@{
fc989b7a
AC
5956 struct nozel *data = GDBARCH_OBSTACK_ZALLOC (gdbarch, struct nozel);
5957 nozel->total = gdbarch@dots{} (gdbarch);
5958 return data;
ba8c9337
AC
5959@}
5960@end smallexample
5961
5962@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5963extern int
5964nozel_total (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 5965@{
fc989b7a
AC
5966 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
5967 return data->total;
ba8c9337
AC
5968@}
5969@end smallexample
5970
c906108c 5971@section Wrapping Output Lines
56caf160 5972@cindex line wrap in output
c906108c 5973
56caf160 5974@findex wrap_here
c906108c
SS
5975Output that goes through @code{printf_filtered} or @code{fputs_filtered}
5976or @code{fputs_demangled} needs only to have calls to @code{wrap_here}
5977added in places that would be good breaking points. The utility
5978routines will take care of actually wrapping if the line width is
5979exceeded.
5980
5981The argument to @code{wrap_here} is an indentation string which is
5982printed @emph{only} if the line breaks there. This argument is saved
5983away and used later. It must remain valid until the next call to
5984@code{wrap_here} or until a newline has been printed through the
5985@code{*_filtered} functions. Don't pass in a local variable and then
5986return!
5987
56caf160 5988It is usually best to call @code{wrap_here} after printing a comma or
c906108c
SS
5989space. If you call it before printing a space, make sure that your
5990indentation properly accounts for the leading space that will print if
5991the line wraps there.
5992
5993Any function or set of functions that produce filtered output must
5994finish by printing a newline, to flush the wrap buffer, before switching
56caf160 5995to unfiltered (@code{printf}) output. Symbol reading routines that
c906108c
SS
5996print warnings are a good example.
5997
25822942 5998@section @value{GDBN} Coding Standards
56caf160 5999@cindex coding standards
c906108c 6000
25822942 6001@value{GDBN} follows the GNU coding standards, as described in
c906108c 6002@file{etc/standards.texi}. This file is also available for anonymous
af6c57ea
AC
6003FTP from GNU archive sites. @value{GDBN} takes a strict interpretation
6004of the standard; in general, when the GNU standard recommends a practice
6005but does not require it, @value{GDBN} requires it.
c906108c 6006
56caf160
EZ
6007@value{GDBN} follows an additional set of coding standards specific to
6008@value{GDBN}, as described in the following sections.
c906108c 6009
af6c57ea 6010
b9aa90c9 6011@subsection ISO C
af6c57ea 6012
b9aa90c9
AC
6013@value{GDBN} assumes an ISO/IEC 9899:1990 (a.k.a.@: ISO C90) compliant
6014compiler.
af6c57ea 6015
b9aa90c9 6016@value{GDBN} does not assume an ISO C or POSIX compliant C library.
af6c57ea
AC
6017
6018
6019@subsection Memory Management
6020
6021@value{GDBN} does not use the functions @code{malloc}, @code{realloc},
6022@code{calloc}, @code{free} and @code{asprintf}.
6023
6024@value{GDBN} uses the functions @code{xmalloc}, @code{xrealloc} and
6025@code{xcalloc} when allocating memory. Unlike @code{malloc} et.al.@:
6026these functions do not return when the memory pool is empty. Instead,
6027they unwind the stack using cleanups. These functions return
6028@code{NULL} when requested to allocate a chunk of memory of size zero.
6029
6030@emph{Pragmatics: By using these functions, the need to check every
6031memory allocation is removed. These functions provide portable
6032behavior.}
6033
6034@value{GDBN} does not use the function @code{free}.
6035
6036@value{GDBN} uses the function @code{xfree} to return memory to the
6037memory pool. Consistent with ISO-C, this function ignores a request to
6038free a @code{NULL} pointer.
6039
6040@emph{Pragmatics: On some systems @code{free} fails when passed a
6041@code{NULL} pointer.}
6042
6043@value{GDBN} can use the non-portable function @code{alloca} for the
6044allocation of small temporary values (such as strings).
6045
6046@emph{Pragmatics: This function is very non-portable. Some systems
6047restrict the memory being allocated to no more than a few kilobytes.}
6048
6049@value{GDBN} uses the string function @code{xstrdup} and the print
b435e160 6050function @code{xstrprintf}.
af6c57ea
AC
6051
6052@emph{Pragmatics: @code{asprintf} and @code{strdup} can fail. Print
6053functions such as @code{sprintf} are very prone to buffer overflow
6054errors.}
6055
6056
6057@subsection Compiler Warnings
56caf160 6058@cindex compiler warnings
af6c57ea 6059
aa79a185
DJ
6060With few exceptions, developers should avoid the configuration option
6061@samp{--disable-werror} when building @value{GDBN}. The exceptions
6062are listed in the file @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}. The default, when
6063building with @sc{gcc}, is @samp{--enable-werror}.
af6c57ea
AC
6064
6065This option causes @value{GDBN} (when built using GCC) to be compiled
6066with a carefully selected list of compiler warning flags. Any warnings
aa79a185 6067from those flags are treated as errors.
af6c57ea
AC
6068
6069The current list of warning flags includes:
6070
6071@table @samp
aa79a185
DJ
6072@item -Wall
6073Recommended @sc{gcc} warnings.
af6c57ea 6074
aa79a185 6075@item -Wdeclaration-after-statement
af6c57ea 6076
aa79a185
DJ
6077@sc{gcc} 3.x (and later) and @sc{c99} allow declarations mixed with
6078code, but @sc{gcc} 2.x and @sc{c89} do not.
af6c57ea 6079
aa79a185 6080@item -Wpointer-arith
af6c57ea 6081
aa79a185
DJ
6082@item -Wformat-nonliteral
6083Non-literal format strings, with a few exceptions, are bugs - they
d3e8051b 6084might contain unintended user-supplied format specifiers.
af6c57ea 6085Since @value{GDBN} uses the @code{format printf} attribute on all
aa79a185 6086@code{printf} like functions this checks not just @code{printf} calls
af6c57ea
AC
6087but also calls to functions such as @code{fprintf_unfiltered}.
6088
7be93b9e
JB
6089@item -Wno-pointer-sign
6090In version 4.0, GCC began warning about pointer argument passing or
6091assignment even when the source and destination differed only in
6092signedness. However, most @value{GDBN} code doesn't distinguish
6093carefully between @code{char} and @code{unsigned char}. In early 2006
6094the @value{GDBN} developers decided correcting these warnings wasn't
6095worth the time it would take.
6096
aa79a185
DJ
6097@item -Wno-unused-parameter
6098Due to the way that @value{GDBN} is implemented many functions have
6099unused parameters. Consequently this warning is avoided. The macro
af6c57ea
AC
6100@code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} is not used as it leads to false negatives ---
6101it is not an error to have @code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} on a parameter that
aa79a185
DJ
6102is being used.
6103
6104@item -Wno-unused
6105@itemx -Wno-switch
58b38ee2 6106@itemx -Wno-char-subscripts
aa79a185
DJ
6107These are warnings which might be useful for @value{GDBN}, but are
6108currently too noisy to enable with @samp{-Werror}.
af6c57ea 6109
aa79a185 6110@end table
c906108c
SS
6111
6112@subsection Formatting
6113
56caf160 6114@cindex source code formatting
c906108c
SS
6115The standard GNU recommendations for formatting must be followed
6116strictly.
6117
af6c57ea
AC
6118A function declaration should not have its name in column zero. A
6119function definition should have its name in column zero.
6120
474c8240 6121@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
6122/* Declaration */
6123static void foo (void);
6124/* Definition */
6125void
6126foo (void)
6127@{
6128@}
474c8240 6129@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
6130
6131@emph{Pragmatics: This simplifies scripting. Function definitions can
6132be found using @samp{^function-name}.}
c906108c 6133
af6c57ea
AC
6134There must be a space between a function or macro name and the opening
6135parenthesis of its argument list (except for macro definitions, as
6136required by C). There must not be a space after an open paren/bracket
6137or before a close paren/bracket.
c906108c
SS
6138
6139While additional whitespace is generally helpful for reading, do not use
6140more than one blank line to separate blocks, and avoid adding whitespace
af6c57ea
AC
6141after the end of a program line (as of 1/99, some 600 lines had
6142whitespace after the semicolon). Excess whitespace causes difficulties
6143for @code{diff} and @code{patch} utilities.
6144
6145Pointers are declared using the traditional K&R C style:
6146
474c8240 6147@smallexample
af6c57ea 6148void *foo;
474c8240 6149@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
6150
6151@noindent
6152and not:
6153
474c8240 6154@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
6155void * foo;
6156void* foo;
474c8240 6157@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
6158
6159@subsection Comments
6160
56caf160 6161@cindex comment formatting
c906108c
SS
6162The standard GNU requirements on comments must be followed strictly.
6163
af6c57ea
AC
6164Block comments must appear in the following form, with no @code{/*}- or
6165@code{*/}-only lines, and no leading @code{*}:
c906108c 6166
474c8240 6167@smallexample
c906108c
SS
6168/* Wait for control to return from inferior to debugger. If inferior
6169 gets a signal, we may decide to start it up again instead of
6170 returning. That is why there is a loop in this function. When
6171 this function actually returns it means the inferior should be left
25822942 6172 stopped and @value{GDBN} should read more commands. */
474c8240 6173@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
6174
6175(Note that this format is encouraged by Emacs; tabbing for a multi-line
56caf160 6176comment works correctly, and @kbd{M-q} fills the block consistently.)
c906108c
SS
6177
6178Put a blank line between the block comments preceding function or
6179variable definitions, and the definition itself.
6180
6181In general, put function-body comments on lines by themselves, rather
6182than trying to fit them into the 20 characters left at the end of a
6183line, since either the comment or the code will inevitably get longer
6184than will fit, and then somebody will have to move it anyhow.
6185
6186@subsection C Usage
6187
56caf160 6188@cindex C data types
c906108c
SS
6189Code must not depend on the sizes of C data types, the format of the
6190host's floating point numbers, the alignment of anything, or the order
6191of evaluation of expressions.
6192
56caf160 6193@cindex function usage
c906108c 6194Use functions freely. There are only a handful of compute-bound areas
56caf160
EZ
6195in @value{GDBN} that might be affected by the overhead of a function
6196call, mainly in symbol reading. Most of @value{GDBN}'s performance is
6197limited by the target interface (whether serial line or system call).
c906108c
SS
6198
6199However, use functions with moderation. A thousand one-line functions
6200are just as hard to understand as a single thousand-line function.
6201
af6c57ea 6202@emph{Macros are bad, M'kay.}
9e678452
CF
6203(But if you have to use a macro, make sure that the macro arguments are
6204protected with parentheses.)
af6c57ea
AC
6205
6206@cindex types
c906108c 6207
af6c57ea
AC
6208Declarations like @samp{struct foo *} should be used in preference to
6209declarations like @samp{typedef struct foo @{ @dots{} @} *foo_ptr}.
6210
6211
6212@subsection Function Prototypes
56caf160 6213@cindex function prototypes
af6c57ea
AC
6214
6215Prototypes must be used when both @emph{declaring} and @emph{defining}
6216a function. Prototypes for @value{GDBN} functions must include both the
6217argument type and name, with the name matching that used in the actual
6218function definition.
c906108c 6219
53a5351d
JM
6220All external functions should have a declaration in a header file that
6221callers include, except for @code{_initialize_*} functions, which must
6222be external so that @file{init.c} construction works, but shouldn't be
6223visible to random source files.
c906108c 6224
af6c57ea
AC
6225Where a source file needs a forward declaration of a static function,
6226that declaration must appear in a block near the top of the source file.
6227
6228
6229@subsection Internal Error Recovery
6230
6231During its execution, @value{GDBN} can encounter two types of errors.
6232User errors and internal errors. User errors include not only a user
6233entering an incorrect command but also problems arising from corrupt
6234object files and system errors when interacting with the target.
937f164b
FF
6235Internal errors include situations where @value{GDBN} has detected, at
6236run time, a corrupt or erroneous situation.
af6c57ea
AC
6237
6238When reporting an internal error, @value{GDBN} uses
6239@code{internal_error} and @code{gdb_assert}.
6240
6241@value{GDBN} must not call @code{abort} or @code{assert}.
6242
6243@emph{Pragmatics: There is no @code{internal_warning} function. Either
6244the code detected a user error, recovered from it and issued a
6245@code{warning} or the code failed to correctly recover from the user
6246error and issued an @code{internal_error}.}
6247
aaf4119b
DE
6248@subsection Command Names
6249
6250GDB U/I commands are written @samp{foo-bar}, not @samp{foo_bar}.
6251
af6c57ea
AC
6252@subsection File Names
6253
6254Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be in lower
587afa38 6255case. Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be 8.3
af6c57ea
AC
6256unique. These requirements apply to both source and generated files.
6257
6258@emph{Pragmatics: The core of @value{GDBN} must be buildable on many
6259platforms including DJGPP and MacOS/HFS. Every time an unfriendly file
6260is introduced to the build process both @file{Makefile.in} and
6261@file{configure.in} need to be modified accordingly. Compare the
6262convoluted conversion process needed to transform @file{COPYING} into
6263@file{copying.c} with the conversion needed to transform
6264@file{version.in} into @file{version.c}.}
6265
6266Any file non 8.3 compliant file (that is not used when building the core
6267of @value{GDBN}) must be added to @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
6268
6269@emph{Pragmatics: This is clearly a compromise.}
6270
6271When @value{GDBN} has a local version of a system header file (ex
6272@file{string.h}) the file name based on the POSIX header prefixed with
b4177fca
DJ
6273@file{gdb_} (@file{gdb_string.h}). These headers should be relatively
6274independent: they should use only macros defined by @file{configure},
6275the compiler, or the host; they should include only system headers; they
6276should refer only to system types. They may be shared between multiple
6277programs, e.g.@: @value{GDBN} and @sc{gdbserver}.
af6c57ea
AC
6278
6279For other files @samp{-} is used as the separator.
6280
6281
6282@subsection Include Files
6283
e2b28d04 6284A @file{.c} file should include @file{defs.h} first.
af6c57ea 6285
e2b28d04
AC
6286A @file{.c} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
6287declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
6288indirect inclusion.
af6c57ea 6289
e2b28d04
AC
6290A @file{.h} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
6291declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
6292indirect inclusion. Exception: The file @file{defs.h} does not need to
6293be directly included.
af6c57ea 6294
e2b28d04 6295An external declaration should only appear in one include file.
af6c57ea 6296
e2b28d04
AC
6297An external declaration should never appear in a @code{.c} file.
6298Exception: a declaration for the @code{_initialize} function that
6299pacifies @option{-Wmissing-declaration}.
6300
6301A @code{typedef} definition should only appear in one include file.
6302
6303An opaque @code{struct} declaration can appear in multiple @file{.h}
6304files. Where possible, a @file{.h} file should use an opaque
6305@code{struct} declaration instead of an include.
6306
6307All @file{.h} files should be wrapped in:
af6c57ea 6308
474c8240 6309@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
6310#ifndef INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
6311#define INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
6312header body
6313#endif
474c8240 6314@end smallexample
af6c57ea 6315
c906108c 6316
dab11f21 6317@subsection Clean Design and Portable Implementation
c906108c 6318
56caf160 6319@cindex design
c906108c 6320In addition to getting the syntax right, there's the little question of
25822942 6321semantics. Some things are done in certain ways in @value{GDBN} because long
c906108c
SS
6322experience has shown that the more obvious ways caused various kinds of
6323trouble.
6324
56caf160 6325@cindex assumptions about targets
c906108c
SS
6326You can't assume the byte order of anything that comes from a target
6327(including @var{value}s, object files, and instructions). Such things
56caf160
EZ
6328must be byte-swapped using @code{SWAP_TARGET_AND_HOST} in
6329@value{GDBN}, or one of the swap routines defined in @file{bfd.h},
6330such as @code{bfd_get_32}.
c906108c
SS
6331
6332You can't assume that you know what interface is being used to talk to
6333the target system. All references to the target must go through the
6334current @code{target_ops} vector.
6335
6336You can't assume that the host and target machines are the same machine
6337(except in the ``native'' support modules). In particular, you can't
6338assume that the target machine's header files will be available on the
6339host machine. Target code must bring along its own header files --
6340written from scratch or explicitly donated by their owner, to avoid
6341copyright problems.
6342
56caf160 6343@cindex portability
c906108c
SS
6344Insertion of new @code{#ifdef}'s will be frowned upon. It's much better
6345to write the code portably than to conditionalize it for various
6346systems.
6347
56caf160 6348@cindex system dependencies
c906108c
SS
6349New @code{#ifdef}'s which test for specific compilers or manufacturers
6350or operating systems are unacceptable. All @code{#ifdef}'s should test
6351for features. The information about which configurations contain which
6352features should be segregated into the configuration files. Experience
6353has proven far too often that a feature unique to one particular system
6354often creeps into other systems; and that a conditional based on some
6355predefined macro for your current system will become worthless over
6356time, as new versions of your system come out that behave differently
6357with regard to this feature.
6358
6359Adding code that handles specific architectures, operating systems,
af6c57ea 6360target interfaces, or hosts, is not acceptable in generic code.
c906108c 6361
dab11f21
EZ
6362@cindex portable file name handling
6363@cindex file names, portability
6364One particularly notorious area where system dependencies tend to
6365creep in is handling of file names. The mainline @value{GDBN} code
6366assumes Posix semantics of file names: absolute file names begin with
6367a forward slash @file{/}, slashes are used to separate leading
6368directories, case-sensitive file names. These assumptions are not
6369necessarily true on non-Posix systems such as MS-Windows. To avoid
6370system-dependent code where you need to take apart or construct a file
6371name, use the following portable macros:
6372
6373@table @code
6374@findex HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
6375@item HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
6376This preprocessing symbol is defined to a non-zero value on hosts
6377whose filesystems belong to the MS-DOS/MS-Windows family. Use this
6378symbol to write conditional code which should only be compiled for
6379such hosts.
6380
6381@findex IS_DIR_SEPARATOR
4be31470 6382@item IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (@var{c})
dab11f21
EZ
6383Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{c} is a directory separator
6384character. On Unix and GNU/Linux systems, only a slash @file{/} is
6385such a character, but on Windows, both @file{/} and @file{\} will
6386pass.
6387
6388@findex IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH
6389@item IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (@var{file})
6390Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{file} is an absolute file name.
6391For Unix and GNU/Linux hosts, a name which begins with a slash
6392@file{/} is absolute. On DOS and Windows, @file{d:/foo} and
6393@file{x:\bar} are also absolute file names.
6394
6395@findex FILENAME_CMP
6396@item FILENAME_CMP (@var{f1}, @var{f2})
6397Calls a function which compares file names @var{f1} and @var{f2} as
6398appropriate for the underlying host filesystem. For Posix systems,
6399this simply calls @code{strcmp}; on case-insensitive filesystems it
6400will call @code{strcasecmp} instead.
6401
6402@findex DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
6403@item DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
6404Evaluates to a character which separates directories in
6405@code{PATH}-style lists, typically held in environment variables.
6406This character is @samp{:} on Unix, @samp{;} on DOS and Windows.
6407
6408@findex SLASH_STRING
6409@item SLASH_STRING
6410This evaluates to a constant string you should use to produce an
6411absolute filename from leading directories and the file's basename.
6412@code{SLASH_STRING} is @code{"/"} on most systems, but might be
6413@code{"\\"} for some Windows-based ports.
6414@end table
6415
6416In addition to using these macros, be sure to use portable library
6417functions whenever possible. For example, to extract a directory or a
6418basename part from a file name, use the @code{dirname} and
6419@code{basename} library functions (available in @code{libiberty} for
6420platforms which don't provide them), instead of searching for a slash
6421with @code{strrchr}.
6422
25822942
DB
6423Another way to generalize @value{GDBN} along a particular interface is with an
6424attribute struct. For example, @value{GDBN} has been generalized to handle
56caf160
EZ
6425multiple kinds of remote interfaces---not by @code{#ifdef}s everywhere, but
6426by defining the @code{target_ops} structure and having a current target (as
c906108c
SS
6427well as a stack of targets below it, for memory references). Whenever
6428something needs to be done that depends on which remote interface we are
56caf160
EZ
6429using, a flag in the current target_ops structure is tested (e.g.,
6430@code{target_has_stack}), or a function is called through a pointer in the
c906108c 6431current target_ops structure. In this way, when a new remote interface
56caf160 6432is added, only one module needs to be touched---the one that actually
c906108c
SS
6433implements the new remote interface. Other examples of
6434attribute-structs are BFD access to multiple kinds of object file
25822942 6435formats, or @value{GDBN}'s access to multiple source languages.
c906108c 6436
56caf160
EZ
6437Please avoid duplicating code. For example, in @value{GDBN} 3.x all
6438the code interfacing between @code{ptrace} and the rest of
6439@value{GDBN} was duplicated in @file{*-dep.c}, and so changing
6440something was very painful. In @value{GDBN} 4.x, these have all been
6441consolidated into @file{infptrace.c}. @file{infptrace.c} can deal
6442with variations between systems the same way any system-independent
6443file would (hooks, @code{#if defined}, etc.), and machines which are
6444radically different don't need to use @file{infptrace.c} at all.
c906108c 6445
af6c57ea
AC
6446All debugging code must be controllable using the @samp{set debug
6447@var{module}} command. Do not use @code{printf} to print trace
6448messages. Use @code{fprintf_unfiltered(gdb_stdlog, ...}. Do not use
6449@code{#ifdef DEBUG}.
6450
c906108c 6451
8487521e 6452@node Porting GDB
c906108c 6453
25822942 6454@chapter Porting @value{GDBN}
56caf160 6455@cindex porting to new machines
c906108c 6456
56caf160 6457Most of the work in making @value{GDBN} compile on a new machine is in
587afa38
EZ
6458specifying the configuration of the machine. Porting a new
6459architecture to @value{GDBN} can be broken into a number of steps.
c906108c 6460
56caf160 6461@itemize @bullet
c906108c 6462
587afa38
EZ
6463@item
6464Ensure a @sc{bfd} exists for executables of the target architecture in
6465the @file{bfd} directory. If one does not exist, create one by
6466modifying an existing similar one.
56caf160 6467
587afa38
EZ
6468@item
6469Implement a disassembler for the target architecture in the @file{opcodes}
6470directory.
56caf160 6471
587afa38
EZ
6472@item
6473Define the target architecture in the @file{gdb} directory
6474(@pxref{Adding a New Target, , Adding a New Target}). Add the pattern
6475for the new target to @file{configure.tgt} with the names of the files
6476that contain the code. By convention the target architecture
6477definition for an architecture @var{arch} is placed in
6478@file{@var{arch}-tdep.c}.
6479
6480Within @file{@var{arch}-tdep.c} define the function
6481@code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} which calls
6482@code{gdbarch_register} to create the new @code{@w{struct
6483gdbarch}} for the architecture.
56caf160 6484
587afa38
EZ
6485@item
6486If a new remote target is needed, consider adding a new remote target
6487by defining a function
6488@code{_initialize_remote_@var{arch}}. However if at all possible
6489use the @value{GDBN} @emph{Remote Serial Protocol} for this and implement
6490the server side protocol independently with the target.
c906108c 6491
587afa38
EZ
6492@item
6493If desired implement a simulator in the @file{sim} directory. This
6494should create the library @file{libsim.a} implementing the interface
6495in @file{remote-sim.h} (found in the @file{include} directory).
c906108c 6496
56caf160 6497@item
587afa38
EZ
6498Build and test. If desired, lobby the @sc{gdb} steering group to
6499have the new port included in the main distribution!
7fd60527 6500
56caf160 6501@item
587afa38
EZ
6502Add a description of the new architecture to the main @value{GDBN} user
6503guide (@pxref{Configuration Specific Information, , Configuration
6504Specific Information, gdb, Debugging with @value{GDBN}}).
6505
56caf160 6506@end itemize
c906108c 6507
d52fe014
AC
6508@node Versions and Branches
6509@chapter Versions and Branches
8973da3a 6510
d52fe014 6511@section Versions
8973da3a 6512
d52fe014
AC
6513@value{GDBN}'s version is determined by the file
6514@file{gdb/version.in} and takes one of the following forms:
fb0ff88f 6515
d52fe014
AC
6516@table @asis
6517@item @var{major}.@var{minor}
6518@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
6519an official release (e.g., 6.2 or 6.2.1)
6520@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6521a snapshot taken at @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD}-gmt (e.g.,
65226.1.50.20020302, 6.1.90.20020304, or 6.1.0.20020308)
6523@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-cvs
6524a @sc{cvs} check out drawn on @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD} (e.g.,
65256.1.50.20020302-cvs, 6.1.90.20020304-cvs, or 6.1.0.20020308-cvs)
6526@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} (@var{vendor})
d52fe014 6527a vendor specific release of @value{GDBN}, that while based on@*
53531fc1
AC
6528@var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD},
6529may include additional changes
d52fe014 6530@end table
fb0ff88f 6531
d52fe014
AC
6532@value{GDBN}'s mainline uses the @var{major} and @var{minor} version
6533numbers from the most recent release branch, with a @var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
6534of 50. At the time each new release branch is created, the mainline's
6535@var{major} and @var{minor} version numbers are updated.
fb0ff88f 6536
53531fc1
AC
6537@value{GDBN}'s release branch is similar. When the branch is cut, the
6538@var{patchlevel} is changed from 50 to 90. As draft releases are
6539drawn from the branch, the @var{patchlevel} is incremented. Once the
6540first release (@var{major}.@var{minor}) has been made, the
6541@var{patchlevel} is set to 0 and updates have an incremented
6542@var{patchlevel}.
6543
6544For snapshots, and @sc{cvs} check outs, it is also possible to
6545identify the @sc{cvs} origin:
6546
6547@table @asis
6548@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.50.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6549drawn from the @sc{head} of mainline @sc{cvs} (e.g., 6.1.50.20020302)
6550@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.90.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6551@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.91.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
6552drawn from a release branch prior to the release (e.g.,
65536.1.90.20020304)
6554@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.0.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6555@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.1.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
6556drawn from a release branch after the release (e.g., 6.2.0.20020308)
6557@end table
fb0ff88f 6558
d52fe014
AC
6559If the previous @value{GDBN} version is 6.1 and the current version is
65606.2, then, substituting 6 for @var{major} and 1 or 2 for @var{minor},
6561here's an illustration of a typical sequence:
fb0ff88f 6562
d52fe014
AC
6563@smallexample
6564 <HEAD>
6565 |
53531fc1 65666.1.50.20020302-cvs
d52fe014 6567 |
53531fc1 6568 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 6569 | <gdb_6_2-branch>
d52fe014 6570 | |
53531fc1
AC
65716.2.50.20020303-cvs 6.1.90 (draft #1)
6572 | |
65736.2.50.20020304-cvs 6.1.90.20020304-cvs
6574 | |
65756.2.50.20020305-cvs 6.1.91 (draft #2)
d52fe014 6576 | |
53531fc1
AC
65776.2.50.20020306-cvs 6.1.91.20020306-cvs
6578 | |
65796.2.50.20020307-cvs 6.2 (release)
6580 | |
65816.2.50.20020308-cvs 6.2.0.20020308-cvs
6582 | |
65836.2.50.20020309-cvs 6.2.1 (update)
6584 | |
65856.2.50.20020310-cvs <branch closed>
d52fe014 6586 |
53531fc1 65876.2.50.20020311-cvs
d52fe014 6588 |
53531fc1 6589 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 6590 | <gdb_6_3-branch>
53531fc1
AC
6591 | |
65926.3.50.20020312-cvs 6.2.90 (draft #1)
6593 | |
d52fe014 6594@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 6595
d52fe014
AC
6596@section Release Branches
6597@cindex Release Branches
fb0ff88f 6598
d52fe014
AC
6599@value{GDBN} draws a release series (6.2, 6.2.1, @dots{}) from a
6600single release branch, and identifies that branch using the @sc{cvs}
6601branch tags:
fb0ff88f 6602
d52fe014
AC
6603@smallexample
6604gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-branchpoint
6605gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-branch
6606gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-release
6607@end smallexample
6608
6609@emph{Pragmatics: To help identify the date at which a branch or
6610release is made, both the branchpoint and release tags include the
6611date that they are cut (@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}) in the tag. The
6612branch tag, denoting the head of the branch, does not need this.}
6613
6614@section Vendor Branches
6615@cindex vendor branches
fb0ff88f
AC
6616
6617To avoid version conflicts, vendors are expected to modify the file
6618@file{gdb/version.in} to include a vendor unique alphabetic identifier
6619(an official @value{GDBN} release never uses alphabetic characters in
d3e8051b 6620its version identifier). E.g., @samp{6.2widgit2}, or @samp{6.2 (Widgit
d52fe014
AC
6621Inc Patch 2)}.
6622
6623@section Experimental Branches
6624@cindex experimental branches
6625
6626@subsection Guidelines
6627
6628@value{GDBN} permits the creation of branches, cut from the @sc{cvs}
6629repository, for experimental development. Branches make it possible
6630for developers to share preliminary work, and maintainers to examine
6631significant new developments.
fb0ff88f 6632
d52fe014 6633The following are a set of guidelines for creating such branches:
fb0ff88f 6634
d52fe014
AC
6635@table @emph
6636
6637@item a branch has an owner
6638The owner can set further policy for a branch, but may not change the
6639ground rules. In particular, they can set a policy for commits (be it
6640adding more reviewers or deciding who can commit).
6641
6642@item all commits are posted
6643All changes committed to a branch shall also be posted to
87f9adc1 6644@email{gdb-patches@@sourceware.org, the @value{GDBN} patches
d52fe014
AC
6645mailing list}. While commentary on such changes are encouraged, people
6646should remember that the changes only apply to a branch.
6647
6648@item all commits are covered by an assignment
6649This ensures that all changes belong to the Free Software Foundation,
6650and avoids the possibility that the branch may become contaminated.
6651
6652@item a branch is focused
6653A focused branch has a single objective or goal, and does not contain
6654unnecessary or irrelevant changes. Cleanups, where identified, being
6655be pushed into the mainline as soon as possible.
6656
6657@item a branch tracks mainline
6658This keeps the level of divergence under control. It also keeps the
6659pressure on developers to push cleanups and other stuff into the
6660mainline.
6661
6662@item a branch shall contain the entire @value{GDBN} module
6663The @value{GDBN} module @code{gdb} should be specified when creating a
6664branch (branches of individual files should be avoided). @xref{Tags}.
6665
6666@item a branch shall be branded using @file{version.in}
6667The file @file{gdb/version.in} shall be modified so that it identifies
6668the branch @var{owner} and branch @var{name}, e.g.,
53531fc1 6669@samp{6.2.50.20030303_owner_name} or @samp{6.2 (Owner Name)}.
d52fe014
AC
6670
6671@end table
fb0ff88f 6672
d52fe014
AC
6673@subsection Tags
6674@anchor{Tags}
fb0ff88f 6675
d52fe014
AC
6676To simplify the identification of @value{GDBN} branches, the following
6677branch tagging convention is strongly recommended:
fb0ff88f 6678
d52fe014 6679@table @code
fb0ff88f 6680
d52fe014
AC
6681@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
6682@itemx @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch
6683The branch point and corresponding branch tag. @var{YYYYMMDD} is the
6684date that the branch was created. A branch is created using the
6685sequence: @anchor{experimental branch tags}
474c8240 6686@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6687cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint gdb
6688cvs rtag -b -r @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint \
6689 @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch gdb
474c8240 6690@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 6691
d52fe014
AC
6692@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
6693The tagged point, on the mainline, that was used when merging the branch
6694on @var{yyyymmdd}. To merge in all changes since the branch was cut,
6695use a command sequence like:
474c8240 6696@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6697cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint gdb
6698cvs update \
6699 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
6700 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
474c8240 6701@end smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6702@noindent
6703Similar sequences can be used to just merge in changes since the last
6704merge.
6705
6706@end table
fb0ff88f 6707
d52fe014
AC
6708@noindent
6709For further information on @sc{cvs}, see
6710@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/cvs/, Concurrent Versions System}.
6711
55f6ca0f
JB
6712@node Start of New Year Procedure
6713@chapter Start of New Year Procedure
6714@cindex new year procedure
6715
6716At the start of each new year, the following actions should be performed:
6717
6718@itemize @bullet
6719@item
6720Rotate the ChangeLog file
6721
6722The current @file{ChangeLog} file should be renamed into
6723@file{ChangeLog-YYYY} where YYYY is the year that has just passed.
6724A new @file{ChangeLog} file should be created, and its contents should
6725contain a reference to the previous ChangeLog. The following should
6726also be preserved at the end of the new ChangeLog, in order to provide
6727the appropriate settings when editing this file with Emacs:
6728@smallexample
6729Local Variables:
6730mode: change-log
6731left-margin: 8
6732fill-column: 74
6733version-control: never
9cb011d3 6734coding: utf-8
55f6ca0f
JB
6735End:
6736@end smallexample
6737
7f893741
JB
6738@item
6739Add an entry for the newly created ChangeLog file (@file{ChangeLog-YYYY})
6740in @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
6741
55f6ca0f
JB
6742@item
6743Update the copyright year in the startup message
6744
9cb011d3
JB
6745Update the copyright year in:
6746@itemize @bullet
e6f3ec50
JB
6747 @item
6748 file @file{top.c}, function @code{print_gdb_version}
6749 @item
6750 file @file{gdbserver/server.c}, function @code{gdbserver_version}
6751 @item
6752 file @file{gdbserver/gdbreplay.c}, function @code{gdbreplay_version}
9cb011d3 6753@end itemize
6ec2edbe
JB
6754
6755@item
e6f3ec50
JB
6756Run the @file{copyright.sh} script to add the new year in the copyright
6757notices of most source files. This script requires Emacs 22 or later to
6758be installed.
6759
6760@item
6761The new year also needs to be added manually in all other files that
6762are not already taken care of by the @file{copyright.sh} script:
6763@itemize @bullet
6764 @item
6765 @file{*.s}
6766 @item
6767 @file{*.f}
6768 @item
6769 @file{*.f90}
6770 @item
6771 @file{*.igen}
6772 @item
6773 @file{*.ac}
6774 @item
6775 @file{*.texi}
6776 @item
6777 @file{*.texinfo}
6778 @item
6779 @file{*.tex}
6780 @item
6781 @file{*.defs}
6782 @item
6783 @file{*.1}
6784@end itemize
6ec2edbe 6785
55f6ca0f
JB
6786@end itemize
6787
d52fe014 6788@node Releasing GDB
fb0ff88f 6789
d52fe014
AC
6790@chapter Releasing @value{GDBN}
6791@cindex making a new release of gdb
fb0ff88f 6792
9bb0a4d8
AC
6793@section Branch Commit Policy
6794
6795The branch commit policy is pretty slack. @value{GDBN} releases 5.0,
67965.1 and 5.2 all used the below:
6797
6798@itemize @bullet
6799@item
6800The @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS} file still holds.
6801@item
6802Don't fix something on the branch unless/until it is also fixed in the
6803trunk. If this isn't possible, mentioning it in the @file{gdb/PROBLEMS}
4be31470 6804file is better than committing a hack.
9bb0a4d8
AC
6805@item
6806When considering a patch for the branch, suggested criteria include:
6807Does it fix a build? Does it fix the sequence @kbd{break main; run}
6808when debugging a static binary?
6809@item
6810The further a change is from the core of @value{GDBN}, the less likely
6811the change will worry anyone (e.g., target specific code).
6812@item
6813Only post a proposal to change the core of @value{GDBN} after you've
6814sent individual bribes to all the people listed in the
6815@file{MAINTAINERS} file @t{;-)}
6816@end itemize
6817
6818@emph{Pragmatics: Provided updates are restricted to non-core
6819functionality there is little chance that a broken change will be fatal.
6820This means that changes such as adding a new architectures or (within
6821reason) support for a new host are considered acceptable.}
6822
6823
cbb09e6a 6824@section Obsoleting code
8973da3a 6825
8642bc8f 6826Before anything else, poke the other developers (and around the source
4be31470
EZ
6827code) to see if there is anything that can be removed from @value{GDBN}
6828(an old target, an unused file).
8973da3a 6829
8642bc8f 6830Obsolete code is identified by adding an @code{OBSOLETE} prefix to every
cbb09e6a
AC
6831line. Doing this means that it is easy to identify something that has
6832been obsoleted when greping through the sources.
8973da3a 6833
cbb09e6a
AC
6834The process is done in stages --- this is mainly to ensure that the
6835wider @value{GDBN} community has a reasonable opportunity to respond.
6836Remember, everything on the Internet takes a week.
8973da3a 6837
cbb09e6a 6838@enumerate
8973da3a 6839@item
87f9adc1 6840Post the proposal on @email{gdb@@sourceware.org, the GDB mailing
cbb09e6a
AC
6841list} Creating a bug report to track the task's state, is also highly
6842recommended.
8973da3a 6843@item
cbb09e6a 6844Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 6845@item
87f9adc1 6846Post the proposal on @email{gdb-announce@@sourceware.org, the GDB
cbb09e6a 6847Announcement mailing list}.
8973da3a 6848@item
cbb09e6a 6849Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 6850@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6851Go through and edit all relevant files and lines so that they are
6852prefixed with the word @code{OBSOLETE}.
6853@item
6854Wait until the next GDB version, containing this obsolete code, has been
6855released.
6856@item
6857Remove the obsolete code.
6858@end enumerate
6859
6860@noindent
6861@emph{Maintainer note: While removing old code is regrettable it is
6862hopefully better for @value{GDBN}'s long term development. Firstly it
6863helps the developers by removing code that is either no longer relevant
6864or simply wrong. Secondly since it removes any history associated with
6865the file (effectively clearing the slate) the developer has a much freer
6866hand when it comes to fixing broken files.}
8973da3a 6867
8973da3a 6868
9ae8b82c
AC
6869
6870@section Before the Branch
8973da3a 6871
8642bc8f
AC
6872The most important objective at this stage is to find and fix simple
6873changes that become a pain to track once the branch is created. For
6874instance, configuration problems that stop @value{GDBN} from even
6875building. If you can't get the problem fixed, document it in the
6876@file{gdb/PROBLEMS} file.
8973da3a 6877
9ae8b82c 6878@subheading Prompt for @file{gdb/NEWS}
8973da3a 6879
9ae8b82c
AC
6880People always forget. Send a post reminding them but also if you know
6881something interesting happened add it yourself. The @code{schedule}
6882script will mention this in its e-mail.
8973da3a 6883
9ae8b82c 6884@subheading Review @file{gdb/README}
8973da3a 6885
9ae8b82c
AC
6886Grab one of the nightly snapshots and then walk through the
6887@file{gdb/README} looking for anything that can be improved. The
6888@code{schedule} script will mention this in its e-mail.
8642bc8f
AC
6889
6890@subheading Refresh any imported files.
8973da3a 6891
8642bc8f 6892A number of files are taken from external repositories. They include:
8973da3a 6893
8642bc8f
AC
6894@itemize @bullet
6895@item
6896@file{texinfo/texinfo.tex}
6897@item
9ae8b82c
AC
6898@file{config.guess} et.@: al.@: (see the top-level @file{MAINTAINERS}
6899file)
6900@item
6901@file{etc/standards.texi}, @file{etc/make-stds.texi}
8642bc8f
AC
6902@end itemize
6903
9ae8b82c 6904@subheading Check the ARI
8642bc8f 6905
87f9adc1 6906@uref{http://sourceware.org/gdb/ari,,A.R.I.} is an @code{awk} script
9ae8b82c
AC
6907(Awk Regression Index ;-) that checks for a number of errors and coding
6908conventions. The checks include things like using @code{malloc} instead
6909of @code{xmalloc} and file naming problems. There shouldn't be any
6910regressions.
8642bc8f 6911
9ae8b82c 6912@subsection Review the bug data base
8642bc8f 6913
9ae8b82c 6914Close anything obviously fixed.
8642bc8f 6915
9ae8b82c 6916@subsection Check all cross targets build
8642bc8f 6917
9ae8b82c 6918The targets are listed in @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}.
8642bc8f 6919
8642bc8f 6920
30107679 6921@section Cut the Branch
8642bc8f 6922
30107679 6923@subheading Create the branch
8642bc8f 6924
474c8240 6925@smallexample
30107679
AC
6926$ u=5.1
6927$ v=5.2
6928$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6929$ D=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6930$ echo $u $V $D
69315.1 5_2 2002-03-03
87f9adc1 6932$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6933-D $D-gmt gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint insight
87f9adc1 6934cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src rtag
b247355e 6935-D 2002-03-03-gmt gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint insight
30107679
AC
6936$ ^echo ^^
6937...
87f9adc1 6938$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6939-b -r gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint gdb_$V-branch insight
87f9adc1 6940cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6941-b -r gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint gdb_5_2-branch insight
30107679
AC
6942$ ^echo ^^
6943...
8642bc8f 6944$
474c8240 6945@end smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6946
6947@itemize @bullet
6948@item
b247355e 6949By using @kbd{-D YYYY-MM-DD-gmt}, the branch is forced to an exact
30107679
AC
6950date/time.
6951@item
b247355e 6952The trunk is first tagged so that the branch point can easily be found.
30107679 6953@item
b247355e 6954Insight, which includes @value{GDBN}, is tagged at the same time.
8642bc8f 6955@item
b247355e 6956@file{version.in} gets bumped to avoid version number conflicts.
8642bc8f 6957@item
b247355e 6958The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled using @file{-f}.
30107679
AC
6959@end itemize
6960
6961@subheading Update @file{version.in}
6962
6963@smallexample
6964$ u=5.1
6965$ v=5.2
6966$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6967$ echo $u $v$V
69685.1 5_2
6969$ cd /tmp
87f9adc1 6970$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src co \
30107679 6971-r gdb_$V-branch src/gdb/version.in
87f9adc1 6972cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src co
30107679
AC
6973 -r gdb_5_2-branch src/gdb/version.in
6974$ ^echo ^^
6975U src/gdb/version.in
6976$ cd src/gdb
6977$ echo $u.90-0000-00-00-cvs > version.in
6978$ cat version.in
69795.1.90-0000-00-00-cvs
6980$ cvs -f commit version.in
6981@end smallexample
6982
6983@itemize @bullet
6984@item
6985@file{0000-00-00} is used as a date to pump prime the version.in update
b247355e 6986mechanism.
30107679
AC
6987@item
6988@file{.90} and the previous branch version are used as fairly arbitrary
b247355e 6989initial branch version number.
8642bc8f
AC
6990@end itemize
6991
8642bc8f
AC
6992
6993@subheading Update the web and news pages
6994
30107679
AC
6995Something?
6996
8642bc8f
AC
6997@subheading Tweak cron to track the new branch
6998
30107679
AC
6999The file @file{gdbadmin/cron/crontab} contains gdbadmin's cron table.
7000This file needs to be updated so that:
7001
7002@itemize @bullet
7003@item
b247355e 7004A daily timestamp is added to the file @file{version.in}.
30107679 7005@item
b247355e 7006The new branch is included in the snapshot process.
30107679
AC
7007@end itemize
7008
7009@noindent
7010See the file @file{gdbadmin/cron/README} for how to install the updated
7011cron table.
7012
7013The file @file{gdbadmin/ss/README} should also be reviewed to reflect
7014any changes. That file is copied to both the branch/ and current/
7015snapshot directories.
7016
7017
7018@subheading Update the NEWS and README files
7019
7020The @file{NEWS} file needs to be updated so that on the branch it refers
7021to @emph{changes in the current release} while on the trunk it also
7022refers to @emph{changes since the current release}.
7023
7024The @file{README} file needs to be updated so that it refers to the
7025current release.
7026
7027@subheading Post the branch info
7028
7029Send an announcement to the mailing lists:
7030
7031@itemize @bullet
7032@item
87f9adc1 7033@email{gdb-announce@@sourceware.org, GDB Announcement mailing list}
30107679 7034@item
87f9adc1
PM
7035@email{gdb@@sourceware.org, GDB Discussion mailing list} and
7036@email{gdb-testers@@sourceware.org, GDB Testers mailing list}
16737d73 7037@end itemize
30107679
AC
7038
7039@emph{Pragmatics: The branch creation is sent to the announce list to
7040ensure that people people not subscribed to the higher volume discussion
7041list are alerted.}
7042
7043The announcement should include:
7044
7045@itemize @bullet
7046@item
b247355e 7047The branch tag.
30107679 7048@item
b247355e 7049How to check out the branch using CVS.
30107679 7050@item
b247355e 7051The date/number of weeks until the release.
30107679 7052@item
b247355e 7053The branch commit policy still holds.
16737d73 7054@end itemize
30107679 7055
8642bc8f
AC
7056@section Stabilize the branch
7057
7058Something goes here.
7059
7060@section Create a Release
7061
0816590b
AC
7062The process of creating and then making available a release is broken
7063down into a number of stages. The first part addresses the technical
7064process of creating a releasable tar ball. The later stages address the
7065process of releasing that tar ball.
8973da3a 7066
0816590b
AC
7067When making a release candidate just the first section is needed.
7068
7069@subsection Create a release candidate
7070
7071The objective at this stage is to create a set of tar balls that can be
7072made available as a formal release (or as a less formal release
7073candidate).
7074
7075@subsubheading Freeze the branch
7076
7077Send out an e-mail notifying everyone that the branch is frozen to
87f9adc1 7078@email{gdb-patches@@sourceware.org}.
0816590b
AC
7079
7080@subsubheading Establish a few defaults.
8973da3a 7081
474c8240 7082@smallexample
0816590b
AC
7083$ b=gdb_5_2-branch
7084$ v=5.2
8642bc8f
AC
7085$ t=/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp
7086$ echo $t/$b/$v
0816590b 7087/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8642bc8f
AC
7088$ mkdir -p $t/$b/$v
7089$ cd $t/$b/$v
7090$ pwd
0816590b 7091/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8973da3a
AC
7092$ which autoconf
7093/home/gdbadmin/bin/autoconf
8642bc8f 7094$
474c8240 7095@end smallexample
8973da3a 7096
0816590b
AC
7097@noindent
7098Notes:
8973da3a 7099
0816590b
AC
7100@itemize @bullet
7101@item
7102Check the @code{autoconf} version carefully. You want to be using the
af542c2e 7103version documented in the toplevel @file{README-maintainer-mode} file.
bc3a0b4d
RW
7104It is very unlikely that the version of @code{autoconf} installed in
7105system directories (e.g., @file{/usr/bin/autoconf}) is correct.
0816590b
AC
7106@end itemize
7107
7108@subsubheading Check out the relevant modules:
8973da3a 7109
474c8240 7110@smallexample
b247355e 7111$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 7112do
8973da3a
AC
7113( mkdir -p $m && cd $m && cvs -q -f -d /cvs/src co -P -r $b $m )
7114done
8642bc8f 7115$
474c8240 7116@end smallexample
8973da3a 7117
0816590b
AC
7118@noindent
7119Note:
8642bc8f 7120
0816590b
AC
7121@itemize @bullet
7122@item
7123The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled (@file{-f}) so that there isn't
7124any confusion between what is written here and what your local
7125@code{cvs} really does.
7126@end itemize
7127
7128@subsubheading Update relevant files.
8973da3a 7129
0816590b
AC
7130@table @file
7131
7132@item gdb/NEWS
8642bc8f
AC
7133
7134Major releases get their comments added as part of the mainline. Minor
7135releases should probably mention any significant bugs that were fixed.
7136
0816590b 7137Don't forget to include the @file{ChangeLog} entry.
8973da3a 7138
474c8240 7139@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
7140$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/NEWS
7141...
7142c-x 4 a
7143...
7144c-x c-s c-x c-c
7145$ cp gdb/src/gdb/NEWS insight/src/gdb/NEWS
7146$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 7147@end smallexample
8973da3a 7148
0816590b
AC
7149@item gdb/README
7150
7151You'll need to update:
8973da3a 7152
0816590b
AC
7153@itemize @bullet
7154@item
b247355e 7155The version.
0816590b 7156@item
b247355e 7157The update date.
0816590b 7158@item
b247355e 7159Who did it.
0816590b 7160@end itemize
8973da3a 7161
474c8240 7162@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
7163$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/README
7164...
8973da3a 7165c-x 4 a
8642bc8f 7166...
8973da3a 7167c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
7168$ cp gdb/src/gdb/README insight/src/gdb/README
7169$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 7170@end smallexample
8973da3a 7171
0816590b
AC
7172@emph{Maintainer note: Hopefully the @file{README} file was reviewed
7173before the initial branch was cut so just a simple substitute is needed
7174to get it updated.}
8973da3a 7175
8642bc8f
AC
7176@emph{Maintainer note: Other projects generate @file{README} and
7177@file{INSTALL} from the core documentation. This might be worth
7178pursuing.}
8973da3a 7179
0816590b 7180@item gdb/version.in
8973da3a 7181
474c8240 7182@smallexample
8642bc8f 7183$ echo $v > gdb/src/gdb/version.in
0816590b
AC
7184$ cat gdb/src/gdb/version.in
71855.2
8642bc8f 7186$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/version.in
8973da3a
AC
7187...
7188c-x 4 a
0816590b 7189... Bump to version ...
8973da3a 7190c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
7191$ cp gdb/src/gdb/version.in insight/src/gdb/version.in
7192$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 7193@end smallexample
8973da3a 7194
0816590b
AC
7195@end table
7196
7197@subsubheading Do the dirty work
7198
7199This is identical to the process used to create the daily snapshot.
8973da3a 7200
4ce8657e
MC
7201@smallexample
7202$ for m in gdb insight
7203do
7204( cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar )
7205done
4ce8657e
MC
7206@end smallexample
7207
7208If the top level source directory does not have @file{src-release}
7209(@value{GDBN} version 5.3.1 or earlier), try these commands instead:
7210
474c8240 7211@smallexample
0816590b 7212$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 7213do
0816590b 7214( cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar )
8973da3a 7215done
474c8240 7216@end smallexample
8973da3a 7217
0816590b 7218@subsubheading Check the source files
8642bc8f 7219
0816590b 7220You're looking for files that have mysteriously disappeared.
8642bc8f
AC
7221@kbd{distclean} has the habit of deleting files it shouldn't. Watch out
7222for the @file{version.in} update @kbd{cronjob}.
8973da3a 7223
474c8240 7224@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
7225$ ( cd gdb/src && cvs -f -q -n update )
7226M djunpack.bat
0816590b 7227? gdb-5.1.91.tar
8642bc8f 7228? proto-toplev
0816590b 7229@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f
AC
7230M gdb/ChangeLog
7231M gdb/NEWS
7232M gdb/README
7233M gdb/version.in
0816590b 7234@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f 7235$
474c8240 7236@end smallexample
8973da3a 7237
0816590b 7238@noindent
8642bc8f
AC
7239@emph{Don't worry about the @file{gdb.info-??} or
7240@file{gdb/p-exp.tab.c}. They were generated (and yes @file{gdb.info-1}
7241was also generated only something strange with CVS means that they
d3e8051b 7242didn't get suppressed). Fixing it would be nice though.}
8973da3a 7243
0816590b 7244@subsubheading Create compressed versions of the release
8973da3a 7245
474c8240 7246@smallexample
0816590b
AC
7247$ cp */src/*.tar .
7248$ cp */src/*.bz2 .
7249$ ls -F
b247355e 7250gdb/ gdb-5.2.tar insight/ insight-5.2.tar
0816590b
AC
7251$ for m in gdb insight
7252do
7253bzip2 -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.bz2
7254gzip -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.gz
7255done
7256$
474c8240 7257@end smallexample
8973da3a 7258
0816590b
AC
7259@noindent
7260Note:
7261
7262@itemize @bullet
7263@item
7264A pipe such as @kbd{bunzip2 < xxx.bz2 | gzip -9 > xxx.gz} is not since,
7265in that mode, @code{gzip} does not know the name of the file and, hence,
7266can not include it in the compressed file. This is also why the release
7267process runs @code{tar} and @code{bzip2} as separate passes.
7268@end itemize
7269
7270@subsection Sanity check the tar ball
8973da3a 7271
0816590b 7272Pick a popular machine (Solaris/PPC?) and try the build on that.
8973da3a 7273
0816590b
AC
7274@smallexample
7275$ bunzip2 < gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 | tar xpf -
7276$ cd gdb-5.2
7277$ ./configure
7278$ make
7279@dots{}
7280$ ./gdb/gdb ./gdb/gdb
7281GNU gdb 5.2
7282@dots{}
7283(gdb) b main
7284Breakpoint 1 at 0x80732bc: file main.c, line 734.
7285(gdb) run
7286Starting program: /tmp/gdb-5.2/gdb/gdb
7287
7288Breakpoint 1, main (argc=1, argv=0xbffff8b4) at main.c:734
7289734 catch_errors (captured_main, &args, "", RETURN_MASK_ALL);
7290(gdb) print args
7291$1 = @{argc = 136426532, argv = 0x821b7f0@}
7292(gdb)
7293@end smallexample
8973da3a 7294
0816590b 7295@subsection Make a release candidate available
8973da3a 7296
0816590b 7297If this is a release candidate then the only remaining steps are:
8642bc8f 7298
0816590b
AC
7299@enumerate
7300@item
7301Commit @file{version.in} and @file{ChangeLog}
7302@item
7303Tweak @file{version.in} (and @file{ChangeLog} to read
7304@var{L}.@var{M}.@var{N}-0000-00-00-cvs so that the version update
7305process can restart.
7306@item
7307Make the release candidate available in
87f9adc1 7308@uref{ftp://sourceware.org/pub/gdb/snapshots/branch}
0816590b 7309@item
87f9adc1
PM
7310Notify the relevant mailing lists ( @email{gdb@@sourceware.org} and
7311@email{gdb-testers@@sourceware.org} that the candidate is available.
0816590b 7312@end enumerate
8642bc8f 7313
0816590b 7314@subsection Make a formal release available
8642bc8f 7315
0816590b 7316(And you thought all that was required was to post an e-mail.)
8642bc8f 7317
0816590b 7318@subsubheading Install on sware
8642bc8f 7319
0816590b 7320Copy the new files to both the release and the old release directory:
8642bc8f 7321
474c8240 7322@smallexample
0816590b 7323$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/old-releases/
8642bc8f 7324$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
474c8240 7325@end smallexample
8642bc8f 7326
0816590b
AC
7327@noindent
7328Clean up the releases directory so that only the most recent releases
587afa38 7329are available (e.g.@: keep 5.2 and 5.2.1 but remove 5.1):
0816590b
AC
7330
7331@smallexample
7332$ cd ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
7333$ rm @dots{}
7334@end smallexample
7335
7336@noindent
7337Update the file @file{README} and @file{.message} in the releases
7338directory:
7339
7340@smallexample
7341$ vi README
7342@dots{}
7343$ rm -f .message
7344$ ln README .message
7345@end smallexample
8642bc8f 7346
0816590b 7347@subsubheading Update the web pages.
8973da3a 7348
0816590b
AC
7349@table @file
7350
7351@item htdocs/download/ANNOUNCEMENT
7352This file, which is posted as the official announcement, includes:
8973da3a
AC
7353@itemize @bullet
7354@item
b247355e 7355General announcement.
8642bc8f 7356@item
0816590b
AC
7357News. If making an @var{M}.@var{N}.1 release, retain the news from
7358earlier @var{M}.@var{N} release.
8973da3a 7359@item
b247355e 7360Errata.
0816590b
AC
7361@end itemize
7362
7363@item htdocs/index.html
7364@itemx htdocs/news/index.html
7365@itemx htdocs/download/index.html
7366These files include:
7367@itemize @bullet
8642bc8f 7368@item
b247355e 7369Announcement of the most recent release.
8642bc8f 7370@item
b247355e 7371News entry (remember to update both the top level and the news directory).
8973da3a 7372@end itemize
0816590b 7373These pages also need to be regenerate using @code{index.sh}.
8973da3a 7374
0816590b 7375@item download/onlinedocs/
8642bc8f
AC
7376You need to find the magic command that is used to generate the online
7377docs from the @file{.tar.bz2}. The best way is to look in the output
0816590b 7378from one of the nightly @code{cron} jobs and then just edit accordingly.
8642bc8f
AC
7379Something like:
7380
474c8240 7381@smallexample
8642bc8f 7382$ ~/ss/update-web-docs \
0816590b 7383 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
8642bc8f 7384 $PWD/www \
0816590b 7385 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/onlinedocs \
8642bc8f 7386 gdb
474c8240 7387@end smallexample
8642bc8f 7388
0816590b
AC
7389@item download/ari/
7390Just like the online documentation. Something like:
8642bc8f 7391
0816590b
AC
7392@smallexample
7393$ /bin/sh ~/ss/update-web-ari \
7394 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
7395 $PWD/www \
7396 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/ari \
7397 gdb
7398@end smallexample
7399
7400@end table
7401
7402@subsubheading Shadow the pages onto gnu
7403
7404Something goes here.
7405
7406
7407@subsubheading Install the @value{GDBN} tar ball on GNU
7408
7409At the time of writing, the GNU machine was @kbd{gnudist.gnu.org} in
7410@file{~ftp/gnu/gdb}.
7411
7412@subsubheading Make the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT}
7413
7414Post the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT} file you created above to:
8642bc8f
AC
7415
7416@itemize @bullet
7417@item
87f9adc1 7418@email{gdb-announce@@sourceware.org, GDB Announcement mailing list}
8642bc8f 7419@item
0816590b
AC
7420@email{info-gnu@@gnu.org, General GNU Announcement list} (but delay it a
7421day or so to let things get out)
7422@item
7423@email{bug-gdb@@gnu.org, GDB Bug Report mailing list}
8642bc8f
AC
7424@end itemize
7425
0816590b 7426@subsection Cleanup
8642bc8f 7427
0816590b 7428The release is out but you're still not finished.
8642bc8f 7429
0816590b 7430@subsubheading Commit outstanding changes
8642bc8f 7431
0816590b 7432In particular you'll need to commit any changes to:
8642bc8f
AC
7433
7434@itemize @bullet
7435@item
7436@file{gdb/ChangeLog}
7437@item
7438@file{gdb/version.in}
7439@item
7440@file{gdb/NEWS}
7441@item
7442@file{gdb/README}
7443@end itemize
7444
0816590b 7445@subsubheading Tag the release
8642bc8f
AC
7446
7447Something like:
7448
474c8240 7449@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
7450$ d=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
7451$ echo $d
74522002-01-24
7453$ ( cd insight/src/gdb && cvs -f -q update )
0816590b 7454$ ( cd insight/src && cvs -f -q tag gdb_5_2-$d-release )
474c8240 7455@end smallexample
8642bc8f 7456
0816590b 7457Insight is used since that contains more of the release than
b247355e 7458@value{GDBN}.
0816590b
AC
7459
7460@subsubheading Mention the release on the trunk
8642bc8f 7461
0816590b
AC
7462Just put something in the @file{ChangeLog} so that the trunk also
7463indicates when the release was made.
7464
7465@subsubheading Restart @file{gdb/version.in}
8642bc8f
AC
7466
7467If @file{gdb/version.in} does not contain an ISO date such as
7468@kbd{2002-01-24} then the daily @code{cronjob} won't update it. Having
7469committed all the release changes it can be set to
0816590b 7470@file{5.2.0_0000-00-00-cvs} which will restart things (yes the @kbd{_}
8642bc8f
AC
7471is important - it affects the snapshot process).
7472
7473Don't forget the @file{ChangeLog}.
7474
0816590b 7475@subsubheading Merge into trunk
8973da3a 7476
8642bc8f
AC
7477The files committed to the branch may also need changes merged into the
7478trunk.
8973da3a 7479
0816590b
AC
7480@subsubheading Revise the release schedule
7481
87f9adc1 7482Post a revised release schedule to @email{gdb@@sourceware.org, GDB
0816590b
AC
7483Discussion List} with an updated announcement. The schedule can be
7484generated by running:
7485
7486@smallexample
7487$ ~/ss/schedule `date +%s` schedule
7488@end smallexample
7489
7490@noindent
7491The first parameter is approximate date/time in seconds (from the epoch)
7492of the most recent release.
7493
7494Also update the schedule @code{cronjob}.
7495
8642bc8f 7496@section Post release
8973da3a 7497
8642bc8f 7498Remove any @code{OBSOLETE} code.
8973da3a 7499
085dd6e6
JM
7500@node Testsuite
7501
7502@chapter Testsuite
56caf160 7503@cindex test suite
085dd6e6 7504
56caf160
EZ
7505The testsuite is an important component of the @value{GDBN} package.
7506While it is always worthwhile to encourage user testing, in practice
7507this is rarely sufficient; users typically use only a small subset of
7508the available commands, and it has proven all too common for a change
7509to cause a significant regression that went unnoticed for some time.
085dd6e6 7510
b247355e
NR
7511The @value{GDBN} testsuite uses the DejaGNU testing framework. The
7512tests themselves are calls to various @code{Tcl} procs; the framework
7513runs all the procs and summarizes the passes and fails.
085dd6e6
JM
7514
7515@section Using the Testsuite
7516
56caf160 7517@cindex running the test suite
25822942 7518To run the testsuite, simply go to the @value{GDBN} object directory (or to the
085dd6e6
JM
7519testsuite's objdir) and type @code{make check}. This just sets up some
7520environment variables and invokes DejaGNU's @code{runtest} script. While
7521the testsuite is running, you'll get mentions of which test file is in use,
7522and a mention of any unexpected passes or fails. When the testsuite is
7523finished, you'll get a summary that looks like this:
56caf160 7524
474c8240 7525@smallexample
085dd6e6
JM
7526 === gdb Summary ===
7527
7528# of expected passes 6016
7529# of unexpected failures 58
7530# of unexpected successes 5
7531# of expected failures 183
7532# of unresolved testcases 3
7533# of untested testcases 5
474c8240 7534@end smallexample
56caf160 7535
a9f158ec
JB
7536To run a specific test script, type:
7537@example
7538make check RUNTESTFLAGS='@var{tests}'
7539@end example
7540where @var{tests} is a list of test script file names, separated by
7541spaces.
7542
f5a33284
TT
7543If you use GNU make, you can use its @option{-j} option to run the
7544testsuite in parallel. This can greatly reduce the amount of time it
7545takes for the testsuite to run. In this case, if you set
7546@code{RUNTESTFLAGS} then, by default, the tests will be run serially
7547even under @option{-j}. You can override this and force a parallel run
7548by setting the @code{make} variable @code{FORCE_PARALLEL} to any
7549non-empty value. Note that the parallel @kbd{make check} assumes
7550that you want to run the entire testsuite, so it is not compatible
7551with some dejagnu options, like @option{--directory}.
7552
085dd6e6
JM
7553The ideal test run consists of expected passes only; however, reality
7554conspires to keep us from this ideal. Unexpected failures indicate
56caf160
EZ
7555real problems, whether in @value{GDBN} or in the testsuite. Expected
7556failures are still failures, but ones which have been decided are too
7557hard to deal with at the time; for instance, a test case might work
7558everywhere except on AIX, and there is no prospect of the AIX case
7559being fixed in the near future. Expected failures should not be added
7560lightly, since you may be masking serious bugs in @value{GDBN}.
7561Unexpected successes are expected fails that are passing for some
7562reason, while unresolved and untested cases often indicate some minor
7563catastrophe, such as the compiler being unable to deal with a test
7564program.
7565
7566When making any significant change to @value{GDBN}, you should run the
7567testsuite before and after the change, to confirm that there are no
7568regressions. Note that truly complete testing would require that you
7569run the testsuite with all supported configurations and a variety of
7570compilers; however this is more than really necessary. In many cases
7571testing with a single configuration is sufficient. Other useful
7572options are to test one big-endian (Sparc) and one little-endian (x86)
7573host, a cross config with a builtin simulator (powerpc-eabi,
7574mips-elf), or a 64-bit host (Alpha).
7575
7576If you add new functionality to @value{GDBN}, please consider adding
7577tests for it as well; this way future @value{GDBN} hackers can detect
7578and fix their changes that break the functionality you added.
7579Similarly, if you fix a bug that was not previously reported as a test
7580failure, please add a test case for it. Some cases are extremely
7581difficult to test, such as code that handles host OS failures or bugs
7582in particular versions of compilers, and it's OK not to try to write
7583tests for all of those.
085dd6e6 7584
e7dc800a
MC
7585DejaGNU supports separate build, host, and target machines. However,
7586some @value{GDBN} test scripts do not work if the build machine and
7587the host machine are not the same. In such an environment, these scripts
7588will give a result of ``UNRESOLVED'', like this:
7589
7590@smallexample
7591UNRESOLVED: gdb.base/example.exp: This test script does not work on a remote host.
7592@end smallexample
7593
c5f80513
DE
7594@section Testsuite Parameters
7595
7596Several variables exist to modify the behavior of the testsuite.
7597
7598@itemize @bullet
7599
7600@item @code{TRANSCRIPT}
7601
812f7342
TT
7602Sometimes it is convenient to get a transcript of the commands which
7603the testsuite sends to @value{GDBN}. For example, if @value{GDBN}
7604crashes during testing, a transcript can be used to more easily
7605reconstruct the failure when running @value{GDBN} under @value{GDBN}.
7606
7607You can instruct the @value{GDBN} testsuite to write transcripts by
7608setting the DejaGNU variable @code{TRANSCRIPT} (to any value)
7609before invoking @code{runtest} or @kbd{make check}. The transcripts
7610will be written into DejaGNU's output directory. One transcript will
7611be made for each invocation of @value{GDBN}; they will be named
7612@file{transcript.@var{n}}, where @var{n} is an integer. The first
7613line of the transcript file will show how @value{GDBN} was invoked;
7614each subsequent line is a command sent as input to @value{GDBN}.
7615
7616@smallexample
7617make check RUNTESTFLAGS=TRANSCRIPT=y
7618@end smallexample
7619
7620Note that the transcript is not always complete. In particular, tests
7621of completion can yield partial command lines.
7622
c5f80513
DE
7623@item @code{GDB}
7624
7625Sometimes one wishes to test a different @value{GDBN} than the one in the build
7626directory. For example, one may wish to run the testsuite on
7627@file{/usr/bin/gdb}.
7628
7629@smallexample
7630make check RUNTESTFLAGS=GDB=/usr/bin/gdb
7631@end smallexample
7632
7633@item @code{GDBSERVER}
7634
7635When testing a different @value{GDBN}, it is often useful to also test a
7636different gdbserver.
7637
7638@smallexample
7639make check RUNTESTFLAGS="GDB=/usr/bin/gdb GDBSERVER=/usr/bin/gdbserver"
7640@end smallexample
7641
1be00882
DE
7642@item @code{INTERNAL_GDBFLAGS}
7643
7644When running the testsuite normally one doesn't want whatever is in
7645@file{~/.gdbinit} to interfere with the tests, therefore the test harness
7646passes @option{-nx} to @value{GDBN}. One also doesn't want any windowed
7647version of @value{GDBN}, e.g., @command{gdbtui}, to run.
7648This is achieved via @code{INTERNAL_GDBFLAGS}.
7649
7650@smallexample
7651set INTERNAL_GDBFLAGS "-nw -nx"
7652@end smallexample
7653
7654This is all well and good, except when testing an installed @value{GDBN}
7655that has been configured with @option{--with-system-gdbinit}. Here one
7656does not want @file{~/.gdbinit} loaded but one may want the system
7657@file{.gdbinit} file loaded. This can be achieved by pointing @code{$HOME}
7658at a directory without a @file{.gdbinit} and by overriding
7659@code{INTERNAL_GDBFLAGS} and removing @option{-nx}.
7660
7661@smallexample
7662cd testsuite
7663HOME=`pwd` runtest \
7664 GDB=/usr/bin/gdb \
7665 GDBSERVER=/usr/bin/gdbserver \
7666 INTERNAL_GDBFLAGS=-nw
7667@end smallexample
7668
c5f80513
DE
7669@end itemize
7670
7671There are two ways to run the testsuite and pass additional parameters
7672to DejaGnu. The first is with @kbd{make check} and specifying the
7673makefile variable @samp{RUNTESTFLAGS}.
7674
7675@smallexample
7676make check RUNTESTFLAGS=TRANSCRIPT=y
7677@end smallexample
7678
7679The second is to cd to the @file{testsuite} directory and invoke the DejaGnu
7680@command{runtest} command directly.
7681
7682@smallexample
7683cd testsuite
7684make site.exp
7685runtest TRANSCRIPT=y
7686@end smallexample
7687
c09529e5
JB
7688@section Testsuite Configuration
7689@cindex Testsuite Configuration
7690
7691It is possible to adjust the behavior of the testsuite by defining
7692the global variables listed below, either in a @file{site.exp} file,
7693or in a board file.
7694
7695@itemize @bullet
7696
7697@item @code{gdb_test_timeout}
7698
7699Defining this variable changes the default timeout duration used during
7700communication with @value{GDBN}. More specifically, the global variable
7701used during testing is @code{timeout}, but this variable gets reset to
7702@code{gdb_test_timeout} at the beginning of each testcase, making sure
7703that any local change to @code{timeout} in a testcase does not affect
7704subsequent testcases.
7705
7706This global variable comes in handy when the debugger is slower than
7707normal due to the testing environment, triggering unexpected @code{TIMEOUT}
7708test failures. Examples include when testing on a remote machine, or
7709against a system where communications are slow.
7710
7711If not specifically defined, this variable gets automatically defined
7712to the same value as @code{timeout} during the testsuite initialization.
7713The default value of the timeout is defined in the file
7714@file{gdb/testsuite/config/unix.exp} that is part of the @value{GDBN}
7715test suite@footnote{If you are using a board file, it could override
7716the test-suite default; search the board file for "timeout".}.
7717
7718@end itemize
7719
085dd6e6
JM
7720@section Testsuite Organization
7721
56caf160 7722@cindex test suite organization
085dd6e6
JM
7723The testsuite is entirely contained in @file{gdb/testsuite}. While the
7724testsuite includes some makefiles and configury, these are very minimal,
7725and used for little besides cleaning up, since the tests themselves
25822942 7726handle the compilation of the programs that @value{GDBN} will run. The file
085dd6e6 7727@file{testsuite/lib/gdb.exp} contains common utility procs useful for
25822942 7728all @value{GDBN} tests, while the directory @file{testsuite/config} contains
085dd6e6
JM
7729configuration-specific files, typically used for special-purpose
7730definitions of procs like @code{gdb_load} and @code{gdb_start}.
7731
7732The tests themselves are to be found in @file{testsuite/gdb.*} and
7733subdirectories of those. The names of the test files must always end
7734with @file{.exp}. DejaGNU collects the test files by wildcarding
7735in the test directories, so both subdirectories and individual files
7736get chosen and run in alphabetical order.
7737
7738The following table lists the main types of subdirectories and what they
7739are for. Since DejaGNU finds test files no matter where they are
7740located, and since each test file sets up its own compilation and
7741execution environment, this organization is simply for convenience and
7742intelligibility.
7743
56caf160 7744@table @file
085dd6e6 7745@item gdb.base
085dd6e6 7746This is the base testsuite. The tests in it should apply to all
25822942 7747configurations of @value{GDBN} (but generic native-only tests may live here).
085dd6e6 7748The test programs should be in the subset of C that is valid K&R,
49efadf5 7749ANSI/ISO, and C@t{++} (@code{#ifdef}s are allowed if necessary, for instance
085dd6e6
JM
7750for prototypes).
7751
7752@item gdb.@var{lang}
56caf160 7753Language-specific tests for any language @var{lang} besides C. Examples are
af6cf26d 7754@file{gdb.cp} and @file{gdb.java}.
085dd6e6
JM
7755
7756@item gdb.@var{platform}
085dd6e6
JM
7757Non-portable tests. The tests are specific to a specific configuration
7758(host or target), such as HP-UX or eCos. Example is @file{gdb.hp}, for
7759HP-UX.
7760
7761@item gdb.@var{compiler}
085dd6e6
JM
7762Tests specific to a particular compiler. As of this writing (June
77631999), there aren't currently any groups of tests in this category that
7764couldn't just as sensibly be made platform-specific, but one could
56caf160
EZ
7765imagine a @file{gdb.gcc}, for tests of @value{GDBN}'s handling of GCC
7766extensions.
085dd6e6
JM
7767
7768@item gdb.@var{subsystem}
25822942 7769Tests that exercise a specific @value{GDBN} subsystem in more depth. For
085dd6e6
JM
7770instance, @file{gdb.disasm} exercises various disassemblers, while
7771@file{gdb.stabs} tests pathways through the stabs symbol reader.
085dd6e6
JM
7772@end table
7773
7774@section Writing Tests
56caf160 7775@cindex writing tests
085dd6e6 7776
25822942 7777In many areas, the @value{GDBN} tests are already quite comprehensive; you
085dd6e6
JM
7778should be able to copy existing tests to handle new cases.
7779
7780You should try to use @code{gdb_test} whenever possible, since it
7781includes cases to handle all the unexpected errors that might happen.
7782However, it doesn't cost anything to add new test procedures; for
7783instance, @file{gdb.base/exprs.exp} defines a @code{test_expr} that
7784calls @code{gdb_test} multiple times.
7785
7786Only use @code{send_gdb} and @code{gdb_expect} when absolutely
8a3dae3e
DJ
7787necessary. Even if @value{GDBN} has several valid responses to
7788a command, you can use @code{gdb_test_multiple}. Like @code{gdb_test},
7789@code{gdb_test_multiple} recognizes internal errors and unexpected
7790prompts.
7791
7792Do not write tests which expect a literal tab character from @value{GDBN}.
7793On some operating systems (e.g.@: OpenBSD) the TTY layer expands tabs to
7794spaces, so by the time @value{GDBN}'s output reaches expect the tab is gone.
085dd6e6
JM
7795
7796The source language programs do @emph{not} need to be in a consistent
25822942 7797style. Since @value{GDBN} is used to debug programs written in many different
085dd6e6 7798styles, it's worth having a mix of styles in the testsuite; for
25822942 7799instance, some @value{GDBN} bugs involving the display of source lines would
085dd6e6
JM
7800never manifest themselves if the programs used GNU coding style
7801uniformly.
7802
c906108c
SS
7803@node Hints
7804
7805@chapter Hints
7806
7807Check the @file{README} file, it often has useful information that does not
7808appear anywhere else in the directory.
7809
7810@menu
25822942 7811* Getting Started:: Getting started working on @value{GDBN}
33e16fad 7812* Debugging GDB:: Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
c906108c
SS
7813@end menu
7814
629d6a47 7815@node Getting Started
c906108c
SS
7816
7817@section Getting Started
7818
25822942 7819@value{GDBN} is a large and complicated program, and if you first starting to
c906108c
SS
7820work on it, it can be hard to know where to start. Fortunately, if you
7821know how to go about it, there are ways to figure out what is going on.
7822
25822942
DB
7823This manual, the @value{GDBN} Internals manual, has information which applies
7824generally to many parts of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
7825
7826Information about particular functions or data structures are located in
7827comments with those functions or data structures. If you run across a
7828function or a global variable which does not have a comment correctly
25822942 7829explaining what is does, this can be thought of as a bug in @value{GDBN}; feel
c906108c
SS
7830free to submit a bug report, with a suggested comment if you can figure
7831out what the comment should say. If you find a comment which is
7832actually wrong, be especially sure to report that.
7833
7834Comments explaining the function of macros defined in host, target, or
7835native dependent files can be in several places. Sometimes they are
7836repeated every place the macro is defined. Sometimes they are where the
7837macro is used. Sometimes there is a header file which supplies a
7838default definition of the macro, and the comment is there. This manual
7839also documents all the available macros.
7840@c (@pxref{Host Conditionals}, @pxref{Target
7841@c Conditionals}, @pxref{Native Conditionals}, and @pxref{Obsolete
7842@c Conditionals})
7843
56caf160
EZ
7844Start with the header files. Once you have some idea of how
7845@value{GDBN}'s internal symbol tables are stored (see @file{symtab.h},
7846@file{gdbtypes.h}), you will find it much easier to understand the
7847code which uses and creates those symbol tables.
c906108c
SS
7848
7849You may wish to process the information you are getting somehow, to
7850enhance your understanding of it. Summarize it, translate it to another
25822942 7851language, add some (perhaps trivial or non-useful) feature to @value{GDBN}, use
c906108c
SS
7852the code to predict what a test case would do and write the test case
7853and verify your prediction, etc. If you are reading code and your eyes
7854are starting to glaze over, this is a sign you need to use a more active
7855approach.
7856
25822942 7857Once you have a part of @value{GDBN} to start with, you can find more
c906108c
SS
7858specifically the part you are looking for by stepping through each
7859function with the @code{next} command. Do not use @code{step} or you
7860will quickly get distracted; when the function you are stepping through
7861calls another function try only to get a big-picture understanding
7862(perhaps using the comment at the beginning of the function being
7863called) of what it does. This way you can identify which of the
7864functions being called by the function you are stepping through is the
7865one which you are interested in. You may need to examine the data
7866structures generated at each stage, with reference to the comments in
7867the header files explaining what the data structures are supposed to
7868look like.
7869
7870Of course, this same technique can be used if you are just reading the
7871code, rather than actually stepping through it. The same general
7872principle applies---when the code you are looking at calls something
7873else, just try to understand generally what the code being called does,
7874rather than worrying about all its details.
7875
56caf160
EZ
7876@cindex command implementation
7877A good place to start when tracking down some particular area is with
7878a command which invokes that feature. Suppose you want to know how
7879single-stepping works. As a @value{GDBN} user, you know that the
7880@code{step} command invokes single-stepping. The command is invoked
7881via command tables (see @file{command.h}); by convention the function
7882which actually performs the command is formed by taking the name of
7883the command and adding @samp{_command}, or in the case of an
7884@code{info} subcommand, @samp{_info}. For example, the @code{step}
7885command invokes the @code{step_command} function and the @code{info
7886display} command invokes @code{display_info}. When this convention is
7887not followed, you might have to use @code{grep} or @kbd{M-x
7888tags-search} in emacs, or run @value{GDBN} on itself and set a
7889breakpoint in @code{execute_command}.
7890
7891@cindex @code{bug-gdb} mailing list
c906108c
SS
7892If all of the above fail, it may be appropriate to ask for information
7893on @code{bug-gdb}. But @emph{never} post a generic question like ``I was
7894wondering if anyone could give me some tips about understanding
25822942 7895@value{GDBN}''---if we had some magic secret we would put it in this manual.
c906108c
SS
7896Suggestions for improving the manual are always welcome, of course.
7897
629d6a47 7898@node Debugging GDB
c906108c 7899
25822942 7900@section Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
56caf160 7901@cindex debugging @value{GDBN}
c906108c 7902
25822942 7903If @value{GDBN} is limping on your machine, this is the preferred way to get it
c906108c
SS
7904fully functional. Be warned that in some ancient Unix systems, like
7905Ultrix 4.2, a program can't be running in one process while it is being
56caf160 7906debugged in another. Rather than typing the command @kbd{@w{./gdb
c906108c 7907./gdb}}, which works on Suns and such, you can copy @file{gdb} to
56caf160 7908@file{gdb2} and then type @kbd{@w{./gdb ./gdb2}}.
c906108c 7909
25822942 7910When you run @value{GDBN} in the @value{GDBN} source directory, it will read a
c906108c
SS
7911@file{.gdbinit} file that sets up some simple things to make debugging
7912gdb easier. The @code{info} command, when executed without a subcommand
25822942 7913in a @value{GDBN} being debugged by gdb, will pop you back up to the top level
c906108c
SS
7914gdb. See @file{.gdbinit} for details.
7915
7916If you use emacs, you will probably want to do a @code{make TAGS} after
7917you configure your distribution; this will put the machine dependent
7918routines for your local machine where they will be accessed first by
7919@kbd{M-.}
7920
25822942 7921Also, make sure that you've either compiled @value{GDBN} with your local cc, or
c906108c
SS
7922have run @code{fixincludes} if you are compiling with gcc.
7923
7924@section Submitting Patches
7925
56caf160 7926@cindex submitting patches
c906108c 7927Thanks for thinking of offering your changes back to the community of
25822942 7928@value{GDBN} users. In general we like to get well designed enhancements.
c906108c
SS
7929Thanks also for checking in advance about the best way to transfer the
7930changes.
7931
25822942
DB
7932The @value{GDBN} maintainers will only install ``cleanly designed'' patches.
7933This manual summarizes what we believe to be clean design for @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
7934
7935If the maintainers don't have time to put the patch in when it arrives,
7936or if there is any question about a patch, it goes into a large queue
7937with everyone else's patches and bug reports.
7938
56caf160 7939@cindex legal papers for code contributions
c906108c
SS
7940The legal issue is that to incorporate substantial changes requires a
7941copyright assignment from you and/or your employer, granting ownership
7942of the changes to the Free Software Foundation. You can get the
9e0b60a8
JM
7943standard documents for doing this by sending mail to @code{gnu@@gnu.org}
7944and asking for it. We recommend that people write in "All programs
7945owned by the Free Software Foundation" as "NAME OF PROGRAM", so that
56caf160
EZ
7946changes in many programs (not just @value{GDBN}, but GAS, Emacs, GCC,
7947etc) can be
9e0b60a8 7948contributed with only one piece of legalese pushed through the
be9c6c35 7949bureaucracy and filed with the FSF. We can't start merging changes until
9e0b60a8
JM
7950this paperwork is received by the FSF (their rules, which we follow
7951since we maintain it for them).
c906108c
SS
7952
7953Technically, the easiest way to receive changes is to receive each
56caf160
EZ
7954feature as a small context diff or unidiff, suitable for @code{patch}.
7955Each message sent to me should include the changes to C code and
7956header files for a single feature, plus @file{ChangeLog} entries for
7957each directory where files were modified, and diffs for any changes
7958needed to the manuals (@file{gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo} or
7959@file{gdb/doc/gdbint.texinfo}). If there are a lot of changes for a
7960single feature, they can be split down into multiple messages.
9e0b60a8
JM
7961
7962In this way, if we read and like the feature, we can add it to the
c906108c 7963sources with a single patch command, do some testing, and check it in.
56caf160
EZ
7964If you leave out the @file{ChangeLog}, we have to write one. If you leave
7965out the doc, we have to puzzle out what needs documenting. Etc., etc.
c906108c 7966
9e0b60a8
JM
7967The reason to send each change in a separate message is that we will not
7968install some of the changes. They'll be returned to you with questions
7969or comments. If we're doing our job correctly, the message back to you
c906108c 7970will say what you have to fix in order to make the change acceptable.
9e0b60a8
JM
7971The reason to have separate messages for separate features is so that
7972the acceptable changes can be installed while one or more changes are
7973being reworked. If multiple features are sent in a single message, we
7974tend to not put in the effort to sort out the acceptable changes from
7975the unacceptable, so none of the features get installed until all are
7976acceptable.
7977
7978If this sounds painful or authoritarian, well, it is. But we get a lot
7979of bug reports and a lot of patches, and many of them don't get
7980installed because we don't have the time to finish the job that the bug
c906108c
SS
7981reporter or the contributor could have done. Patches that arrive
7982complete, working, and well designed, tend to get installed on the day
9e0b60a8
JM
7983they arrive. The others go into a queue and get installed as time
7984permits, which, since the maintainers have many demands to meet, may not
7985be for quite some time.
c906108c 7986
56caf160 7987Please send patches directly to
87f9adc1 7988@email{gdb-patches@@sourceware.org, the @value{GDBN} maintainers}.
c906108c 7989
36af4ef6
MD
7990@section Build Script
7991
7992@cindex build script
7993
7994The script @file{gdb_buildall.sh} builds @value{GDBN} with flag
7995@option{--enable-targets=all} set. This builds @value{GDBN} with all supported
7996targets activated. This helps testing @value{GDBN} when doing changes that
7997affect more than one architecture and is much faster than using
7998@file{gdb_mbuild.sh}.
7999
8000After building @value{GDBN} the script checks which architectures are
8001supported and then switches the current architecture to each of those to get
8002information about the architecture. The test results are stored in log files
8003in the directory the script was called from.
8004
bcd7e15f 8005@include observer.texi
2154891a 8006@raisesections
aab4e0ec 8007@include fdl.texi
2154891a 8008@lowersections
aab4e0ec 8009
56caf160
EZ
8010@node Index
8011@unnumbered Index
8012
8013@printindex cp
8014
c906108c 8015@bye
This page took 1.225508 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.